1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19634 57717))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table
"abbrevlist" "\
71 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
77 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
82 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
83 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
88 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
90 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
91 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
103 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
109 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
122 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
123 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
124 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
125 ;;;;;; (19661 45226))
126 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
128 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
130 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
131 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
132 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
133 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
138 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
143 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
144 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
145 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
146 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
147 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
148 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
152 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
153 Prompt for a change log name.
157 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
158 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
161 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
163 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
166 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
167 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
170 current buffer to the complete file name.
171 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
175 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
176 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
177 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
178 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
181 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
186 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
187 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
190 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
191 after a comma on an existing line.
193 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
194 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
197 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
198 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
201 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
202 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
206 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
207 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
208 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
209 the change log file in another window.
211 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
213 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
214 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
215 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
216 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
217 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
218 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
225 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
228 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
231 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
234 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
237 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
240 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
241 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
242 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
243 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245 Has a preference of looking backwards.
249 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
250 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
251 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
252 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
255 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
256 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
262 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
263 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
264 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19578 56905))
265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
268 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
269 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
270 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
271 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
272 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
273 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
274 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
275 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
276 interpreted as `error'.")
278 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
280 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
281 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
282 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
283 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
284 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
285 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
286 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
287 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
291 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
292 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
296 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
297 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
301 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
302 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
305 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
306 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
307 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
308 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
311 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
314 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
315 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
316 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
317 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
318 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
321 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
322 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
328 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
329 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
330 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
331 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
332 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
333 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
334 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
335 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
336 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
337 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
338 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
339 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
340 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
341 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
342 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
343 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
347 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
348 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
349 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
352 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
355 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
356 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
357 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
358 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
359 see also `ad-add-advice'.
360 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
361 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
362 before/around/after-advices will be used.
363 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
364 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
365 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
366 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
367 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
368 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370 Semantics of the various flags:
371 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
372 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
373 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
376 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
379 advised function should be compiled.
381 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
382 during activation until somebody enables it.
384 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
385 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
386 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
387 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
390 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
391 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
392 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
393 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
396 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
397 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
398 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
401 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
403 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
407 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
408 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
409 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19569 38342))
410 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
412 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
413 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
414 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
415 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
416 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
417 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
418 rule's `separate' attribute).
420 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
421 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
422 `separate' attribute set.
424 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
425 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
426 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
427 on the format of these lists.
429 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
431 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
432 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
433 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
434 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
435 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
436 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
437 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
438 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
439 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
440 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
443 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
444 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
448 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
451 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
452 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
453 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
455 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
457 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
464 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
466 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
474 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
476 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
484 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
486 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
491 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
498 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
499 ;;;;;; (19682 26290))
500 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
502 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
504 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
506 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
508 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
510 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
512 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
514 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
516 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
518 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
520 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
'(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
522 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
524 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
'(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
526 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
528 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
'(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
530 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
532 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
534 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
535 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
538 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
539 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
540 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
542 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
543 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
544 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
545 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
546 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
549 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
551 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
552 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
553 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
554 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
555 - easy topic encryption and decryption
556 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
557 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
558 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
560 and many other features.
562 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
563 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
564 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
565 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
566 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
568 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
569 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
570 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
571 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
572 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
573 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
574 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
575 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
579 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
580 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
581 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
582 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
583 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
587 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
588 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
589 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
590 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
591 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
592 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
593 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
594 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
595 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
596 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
599 Topic Header Production:
600 -----------------------
601 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
602 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
603 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
605 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
606 ---------------------------------
607 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
608 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
609 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
611 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
612 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
613 are alternated according to nesting depth.
614 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
615 the offspring are not affected.
616 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
618 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
619 ----------------------------------
620 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
621 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
622 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
623 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
624 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
625 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
626 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
627 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
629 Topic-oriented Encryption:
630 -------------------------
631 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
632 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
636 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
637 and establish a default file-var setting
639 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
640 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
641 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
642 buffer with name derived from derived from that
643 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
644 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
645 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
646 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
648 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
653 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
654 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
655 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
656 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
658 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
659 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
660 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
661 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
663 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
664 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
665 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
668 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
669 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
674 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
675 navigation and exposure control.
677 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
678 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
679 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
680 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
681 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
683 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
684 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
685 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
686 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
687 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
689 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
690 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
691 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
692 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
693 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
694 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
695 at the beginning of the current entry.
699 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
700 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
701 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
704 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
705 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
706 `allout-structure-added-hook'
707 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
708 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
712 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
714 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
715 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
716 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
718 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
719 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
720 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
722 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
725 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
726 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
729 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
731 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
733 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
735 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
737 Topic text constituents:
739 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
741 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
742 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
744 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
745 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
746 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
747 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
748 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
749 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
750 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
753 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
756 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
757 It can be customized by changing the setting of
758 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
760 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
761 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
762 program code without interfering with processing of the text
763 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
764 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
765 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
766 docstring for more detail.
768 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
769 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
770 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
771 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
772 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
773 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
774 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
775 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
776 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
777 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
778 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
781 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
782 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
784 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
785 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
787 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
788 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
789 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
791 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
793 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
795 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
796 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
798 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
799 setup for auto-startup.
801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
805 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
806 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19669 58161))
807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
809 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
811 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
812 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
813 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
814 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
815 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
816 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
818 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
820 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
823 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
827 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
828 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19379 23432))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
831 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
832 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
833 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
834 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
835 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
836 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
837 in the current window.
839 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
841 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
842 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
843 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
845 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
847 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
848 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
849 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
851 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
855 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
856 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19595 20656))
857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
859 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
860 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
864 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
865 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
867 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
868 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
869 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
870 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
872 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
873 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
875 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
877 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
881 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
882 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19599 32188))
883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
885 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
886 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
887 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
888 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
889 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
892 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
893 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
894 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
897 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
898 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
899 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
900 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
904 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
905 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
910 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
911 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
912 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
918 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
919 ;;;;;; (19629 41197))
920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
922 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
923 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
924 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
925 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
926 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
927 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
929 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
931 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
932 Toggle checking of appointments.
933 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
934 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
940 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
941 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
942 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19578 56905))
943 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
945 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
946 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
947 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
948 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
950 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
951 kind of objects to search.
953 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
955 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
956 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
957 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
958 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
959 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
960 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
962 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
965 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
967 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
969 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
970 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
971 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
972 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
973 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
974 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
977 noninteractive functions.
979 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
980 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
982 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
983 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
985 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
987 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
988 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
990 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
992 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
993 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
994 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
995 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
997 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
998 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
999 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1000 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1002 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1003 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1005 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1007 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1009 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1010 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1011 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1012 thus be found in `load-history'.
1016 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1017 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1018 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1019 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1020 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1021 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1023 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1024 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1025 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1027 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1029 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1030 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1031 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1032 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1033 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1034 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1036 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1037 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1039 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1041 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1045 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19669
1047 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1049 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1050 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1051 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1052 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1053 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1054 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1056 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1057 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1060 \\{archive-mode-map}
1062 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1066 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19675 9114))
1067 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1069 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1070 Major mode for editing arrays.
1072 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1073 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1074 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1076 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1078 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1079 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1080 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1082 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1083 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1084 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1085 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1088 Variables you assign:
1089 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1090 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1091 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1092 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1093 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1094 row numbers in the buffer.
1096 Variables which are calculated:
1097 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1098 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1100 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1101 take a numeric prefix argument):
1103 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1104 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1105 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1106 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1108 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1109 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1110 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1111 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1113 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1114 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1115 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1116 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1118 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1119 between that of point and mark.
1121 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1122 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1124 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1125 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1126 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1127 newlines inside rows)
1129 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1131 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1137 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19623
1139 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1141 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1143 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1144 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1145 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1147 How to quit Artist mode
1149 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1152 How to submit a bug report
1154 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1157 Drawing with the mouse:
1160 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1161 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1165 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1168 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1169 --------------------------------------------------------------
1170 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1172 --------------------------------------------------------------
1173 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1174 --------------------------------------------------------------
1175 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1176 --------------------------------------------------------------
1177 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1178 --------------------------------------------------------------
1179 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1180 --------------------------------------------------------------
1181 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1182 --------------------------------------------------------------
1183 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1184 --------------------------------------------------------------
1185 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1186 --------------------------------------------------------------
1187 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1189 --------------------------------------------------------------
1190 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1191 --------------------------------------------------------------
1192 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1193 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 --------------------------------------------------------------
1196 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1197 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1202 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1203 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1204 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1205 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1208 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1209 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1210 overwrite means the opposite.
1212 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1213 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1214 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1216 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1218 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1219 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1221 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1222 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1223 are currently drawing something.
1225 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1229 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1230 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1235 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1237 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1239 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1241 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1243 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1244 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1246 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1251 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1252 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1253 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1254 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1255 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1256 When pasting: Pastes
1258 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1260 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1262 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1263 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1264 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1265 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1266 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1267 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1272 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1273 of the line/poly-line
1275 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1276 of the line/poly-line
1281 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1283 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1284 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1285 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1286 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1287 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1288 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1289 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1290 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1291 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1292 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1293 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1294 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1295 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1296 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1297 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1298 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1300 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1302 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1307 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1308 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1310 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1311 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1312 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1313 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1314 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1315 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1316 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1317 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1318 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1319 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1320 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1321 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1322 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1323 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1324 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1325 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1326 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1327 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1328 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1332 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1333 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1340 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1344 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19438
1346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1348 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1349 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1350 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1352 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1353 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1354 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1355 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1357 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1358 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1360 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1361 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1363 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1372 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1373 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
1374 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1376 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1377 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1378 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1380 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1382 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1383 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1384 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1385 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1386 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1387 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1388 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1389 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1390 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1391 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1394 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1395 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1396 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1397 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1398 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1400 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1404 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1405 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1406 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1409 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1411 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1413 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1414 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1415 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1416 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1417 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1418 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1420 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1426 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1427 ;;;;;; (19595 20656))
1428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1430 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1431 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1437 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1438 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19502 54176))
1439 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1441 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1442 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1443 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1447 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1448 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1449 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1450 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1452 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1454 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1455 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1456 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1458 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1459 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1461 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1463 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1464 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1465 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1466 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1468 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1469 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1475 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1476 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1477 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
1478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1480 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1482 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1484 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1485 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1486 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1487 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1488 save the buffer too.
1490 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1492 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1494 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1495 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1496 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1497 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1498 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1499 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1501 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1502 directory or directories specified.
1504 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1506 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1507 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1508 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1514 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1515 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1516 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19379 23432))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1519 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1520 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1522 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1523 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1524 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1525 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1526 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1530 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1531 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1533 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1534 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1538 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1539 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1540 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1542 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1543 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1544 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1545 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1546 reflected in the current buffer.
1548 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1549 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1550 writing before you save the file!
1552 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1556 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1557 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1559 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1560 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1564 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1565 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1566 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1569 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1571 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1573 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1574 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1575 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1576 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1578 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1579 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1580 to revert a particular buffer.
1582 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1583 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1584 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1585 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1586 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1588 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1589 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1590 specifies in the mode line.
1592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1597 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19644 49850))
1598 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1600 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1601 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1602 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1604 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1606 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1608 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1609 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1610 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1611 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1613 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1614 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1615 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1617 Effects of the different modes:
1618 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1619 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1620 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1621 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1622 a random distance & direction.
1623 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1624 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1625 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1627 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1629 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1630 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1631 definition of \"random distance\".)
1633 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1637 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1638 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
1639 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1640 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1642 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1643 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1644 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1645 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1649 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1650 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1651 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1653 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1654 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1656 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1658 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1659 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1660 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1661 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1662 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1670 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19379 23432))
1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1673 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1674 Time execution of FORMS.
1675 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1676 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1678 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1679 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1680 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1682 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1684 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1685 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1686 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1687 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1688 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1690 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1692 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1693 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1694 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1695 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1696 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1698 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1702 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1703 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19661 45226))
1704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1706 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1707 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1708 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1709 of corresponding buffers.
1710 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1711 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1712 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1713 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1714 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1715 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1717 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1719 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1720 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1722 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1724 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1725 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1726 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1727 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1729 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1730 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1731 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1732 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1733 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1735 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1736 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1739 Special information:
1741 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1743 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1744 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1745 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1746 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1747 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1748 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1749 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1750 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1751 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1752 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1753 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1755 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1756 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1757 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1758 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1759 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1760 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1761 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1762 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1764 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1766 ----------------------------------------------------------
1767 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1768 if that value is non-nil.
1774 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1775 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1776 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1777 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1778 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1779 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1780 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1781 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1782 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1783 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1785 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1789 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1790 ;;;;;; (19612 6522))
1791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1793 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1794 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1800 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1801 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1802 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
1803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1805 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1807 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1808 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1809 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1811 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1813 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1814 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1816 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1818 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1819 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1821 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1825 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19379
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1829 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
1831 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1835 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1836 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1837 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1838 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1839 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1844 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1845 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1848 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1851 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1852 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1854 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1855 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1857 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1858 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1859 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1860 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1861 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1862 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1866 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1868 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1869 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1870 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1871 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1873 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1874 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1875 denoted by the letter `R'.
1877 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1878 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1879 denoted by the letter `H'.
1881 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1884 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1885 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1886 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1887 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1888 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1889 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1892 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1893 degree deflection it causes.
1896 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1897 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1898 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1899 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1900 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1901 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1902 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1903 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1906 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1907 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1910 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1911 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1912 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1913 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1914 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1920 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1921 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1922 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1923 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1924 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1925 emerging from the box.
1927 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1934 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1935 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1945 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1946 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1947 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1948 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1949 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19669 58161))
1950 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1951 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
1952 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
1953 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1955 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
1956 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1957 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1958 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1959 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1960 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1961 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
1963 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
1964 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1965 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1967 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1968 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1969 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1970 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1971 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1974 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1975 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1976 yank successive words.
1978 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1979 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1980 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1981 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1982 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1984 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1985 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1986 the list of bookmarks.)
1988 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
1990 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
1991 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1992 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1993 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1994 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1997 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1998 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1999 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2000 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2002 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2003 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2005 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2006 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2007 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2009 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2011 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2012 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2014 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2016 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2017 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2018 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2020 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2021 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2022 after a bookmark was set in it.
2024 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2026 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2027 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2028 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2030 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2031 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2033 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2035 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2037 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2038 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2039 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2040 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2042 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2044 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2045 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2046 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2048 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2049 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2052 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2054 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2055 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2056 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2058 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2059 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2060 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2063 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2065 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2066 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2067 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2069 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2070 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2071 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2072 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2073 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2074 probably because we were called from there.
2076 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2078 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2079 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2080 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2084 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2085 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2086 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2087 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2090 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2091 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2092 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2093 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2094 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2096 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2097 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2098 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2099 `bookmark-default-file'.
2101 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2103 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2104 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2105 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2106 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2107 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2110 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2111 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2112 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2113 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2114 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2117 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2118 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2119 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2120 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2122 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2124 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2125 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2126 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2127 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2128 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2132 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2134 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2136 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2137 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2141 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2143 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2147 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2148 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2156 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
2157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2159 (defvar browse-url-browser-function `(("\\`mailto:" . browse-url-mail) ("." \, (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)))) "\
2160 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2161 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2162 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2164 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2165 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2166 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2167 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2168 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2170 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2172 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2177 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2179 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2180 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2181 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2182 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2184 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2186 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2187 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2188 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2189 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2195 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2199 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2200 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2202 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2204 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2205 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2206 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2207 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2209 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2211 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2213 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2218 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2220 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2221 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2222 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2227 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2228 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2229 Default to the URL around or before point.
2231 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2232 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2233 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2234 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2236 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2237 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2239 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2240 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2242 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2244 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2247 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2251 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2252 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2254 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2255 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2256 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2257 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2259 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2260 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2261 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2263 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2264 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2266 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2268 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2270 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2271 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2273 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2274 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2275 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2276 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2278 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2279 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2280 new tab in an existing window instead.
2282 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2283 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2285 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2290 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2293 When called interactively, if variable
2294 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2295 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2296 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2297 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2299 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2300 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2301 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2303 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2304 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2306 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2307 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2308 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2309 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2310 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2311 URL in a new window.
2313 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2315 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2316 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2317 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2318 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2320 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2321 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2322 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2323 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2325 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2326 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2327 new tab in an existing window instead.
2329 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2330 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2332 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2337 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2341 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2342 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2344 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2345 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2346 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2347 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2350 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2357 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2358 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2359 program is invoked according to the variable
2360 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2362 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2363 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2364 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2365 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2368 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2374 Default to the URL around or before point.
2376 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2377 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2378 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2380 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2381 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2382 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2383 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2386 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point.
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2396 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2399 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2405 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2406 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2412 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2413 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2414 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2415 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2421 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2422 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2423 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2427 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2428 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2435 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2436 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2437 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2438 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2439 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2443 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2444 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2445 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2448 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2455 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2456 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2457 don't offer a form of remote control.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point.
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around the point.
2471 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2472 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2474 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2475 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19379
2483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2485 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2486 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2490 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2491 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2497 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2498 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19520 54552))
2499 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2501 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2502 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2503 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2504 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2508 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2509 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2510 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2511 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2515 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2516 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2520 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2521 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2523 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2524 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2525 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2526 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2528 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2529 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2530 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2531 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2532 name of buffer configuration.
2538 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19612 3157))
2539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2541 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2543 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2544 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2545 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2546 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2547 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2548 columns on its right towards the left.
2550 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2551 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2552 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2553 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2560 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19416 29566))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2563 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2565 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2566 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2570 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2571 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2577 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2578 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2579 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2580 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2581 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19686 22639))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2583 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2584 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2585 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2587 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2589 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2590 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2591 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2592 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2593 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2594 else the global value will be modified.
2596 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2598 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2599 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2600 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2601 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2602 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2603 else the global value will be modified.
2605 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2607 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2608 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2609 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2611 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2614 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2615 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2616 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2618 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2619 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2620 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2621 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2622 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2625 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2626 that already has a `.elc' file.
2628 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2629 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2631 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2632 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2633 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2634 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2635 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2636 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2638 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2640 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2641 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2642 Print the result in the echo area.
2643 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2648 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2649 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2651 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2653 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2654 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2655 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2656 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2657 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2658 all functions called by those functions.
2660 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2661 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2664 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2665 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2666 invoked interactively.
2668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2670 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2671 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2672 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2673 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2677 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2678 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2679 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2680 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2681 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2682 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2683 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2686 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2688 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2689 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2690 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2691 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2693 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2694 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2695 and corresponding effects.
2697 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19578
2703 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2705 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2707 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19578 56905))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2714 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2716 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2718 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2722 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2723 ;;;;;; (19632 22628))
2724 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2726 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2727 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2728 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2729 from the cursor position.
2731 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2733 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2737 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2738 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2739 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19550
2741 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2742 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2744 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2745 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2749 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2750 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2752 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2755 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2757 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2759 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2760 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2764 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2765 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2766 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2767 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2769 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2771 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2772 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2773 This is most useful in the X window system.
2774 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2775 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2777 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2780 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2781 See calc-keypad for details.
2783 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2786 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2788 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2791 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2793 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2795 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2796 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2798 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2800 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2801 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2802 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2804 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2806 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2807 Define Calc function.
2809 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2810 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2811 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2813 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2814 actual Lisp function name.
2816 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2818 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2820 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2824 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19612
2826 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2828 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2829 Run the Emacs calculator.
2830 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2836 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19686
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2840 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2841 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2842 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2843 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2844 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2845 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2847 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2848 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2849 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2850 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2851 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2852 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2853 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2854 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2857 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2858 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2860 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2861 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2862 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2863 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2864 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2865 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2867 Runs the following hooks:
2869 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2870 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2871 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2872 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2874 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2880 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2881 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19583 31640))
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2884 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2885 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2887 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2889 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2890 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2891 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2894 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2898 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2899 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
2900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2902 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2903 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2905 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2906 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2907 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2908 restriction to ASCII.
2910 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2915 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2916 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2917 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2919 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2920 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2921 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2922 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2923 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2924 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2925 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2927 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2928 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19578
2936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2937 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2941 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2942 ;;;;;; (19632 54888))
2943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2945 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2946 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2952 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2953 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2954 ;;;;;; (19646 65152))
2955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2957 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2958 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2959 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2960 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2961 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2962 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2963 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2965 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2967 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2968 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2969 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2970 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2971 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2972 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2973 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2974 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2975 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2978 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2979 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2980 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2981 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2982 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2983 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2985 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2987 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2988 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2995 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2996 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2998 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
2999 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3000 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3001 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3002 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3003 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3006 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3008 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3009 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3016 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3017 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3018 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3020 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3021 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3022 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3023 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3024 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3025 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3028 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3030 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3031 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3038 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3039 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3040 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3042 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3043 Major mode for editing Java code.
3044 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3045 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3046 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3047 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3050 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3052 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3053 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3060 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3061 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3062 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3064 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3065 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3066 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3067 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3068 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3069 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3072 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3074 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3075 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3082 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3083 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3084 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3085 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3087 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3088 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3089 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3090 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3091 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3092 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3095 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3097 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3098 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3104 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3105 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3106 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3107 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3108 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3109 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3113 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3114 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19623 58252))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3117 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3118 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3119 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3120 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3122 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3124 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3125 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3128 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3129 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3130 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3131 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3134 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3135 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3136 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3137 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3140 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3142 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3143 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3144 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3145 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3147 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3149 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3150 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3151 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3153 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3155 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3156 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3157 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3158 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3159 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3161 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19578 56905))
3166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3167 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3168 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3169 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3173 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3174 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3175 ;;;;;; (19638 63299))
3176 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3178 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3179 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3181 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3183 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3184 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3186 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3188 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3189 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3191 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3192 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3193 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3194 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3197 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3199 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3201 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3202 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3204 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3205 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3209 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3210 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3211 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3212 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3213 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3216 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3217 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3218 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3219 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3221 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3222 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3225 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3227 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3229 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3232 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3233 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3235 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3236 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3237 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3240 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3242 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3243 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3244 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3246 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3248 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3250 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3251 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3253 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3257 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3259 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3261 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3262 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3265 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3266 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3269 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3271 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3272 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3273 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3274 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3275 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3276 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3277 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3278 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3279 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3280 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3281 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3282 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3283 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3284 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3285 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3286 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3289 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3290 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3292 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3293 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3295 | (write EXPRESSION)
3296 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3297 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3300 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3303 ;; Same as: (write string)
3305 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3306 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3307 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3310 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3311 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3312 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3313 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3314 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3315 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3317 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3318 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3320 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3323 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3324 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3325 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3327 ARG := REG | integer
3330 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3333 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3336 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3339 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3340 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3343 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3344 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3345 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3348 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3349 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3350 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3353 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3354 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3356 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3357 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3358 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3361 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3362 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3365 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3366 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3368 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3371 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3375 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3376 ;; Same meaning as C code
3377 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3379 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3384 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3385 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3388 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3389 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3393 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3397 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3398 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3399 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3401 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3402 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3403 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3405 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3406 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3407 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3408 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3409 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3412 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3414 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3416 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3417 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3418 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3419 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3420 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3421 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3423 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3425 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3426 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3427 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3429 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3431 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3435 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3436 ;;;;;; (19595 20656))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3439 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3440 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3441 There are no special keybindings by default.
3443 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3444 to the action header.
3450 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3451 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19379 23432))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3454 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3455 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3456 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3460 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3461 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3462 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3468 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3469 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3470 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3471 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3472 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3473 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3474 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3475 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3476 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19682 26290))
3477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3478 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3479 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3480 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3481 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3482 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3484 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3489 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3490 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3491 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3492 the users will view as each check is completed.
3496 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3497 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3498 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3499 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3500 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3501 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3502 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3503 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3505 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3507 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3508 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3509 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3510 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3511 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3512 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3513 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3514 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3516 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3518 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3519 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3520 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3521 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3522 spacing are all verified.
3526 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3527 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3528 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3529 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3530 otherwise stop after the first error.
3532 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3534 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3535 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3536 Only documentation strings are checked.
3537 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3538 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3541 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3543 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3544 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3545 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3546 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3547 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3549 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3551 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3552 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3553 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3554 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3557 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3559 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3560 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3561 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3562 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3564 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3566 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3568 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3569 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3570 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3572 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3574 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3575 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3576 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3577 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3578 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3582 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3583 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3584 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3585 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3586 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3587 space at the end of each line.
3589 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3591 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3592 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3593 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3594 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3596 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3598 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3599 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3600 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3601 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3603 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3605 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3606 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3607 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3608 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3612 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3613 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3614 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3615 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3617 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3619 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3620 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3621 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3622 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3626 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3627 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3628 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3629 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3631 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3633 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3634 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3635 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3636 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3638 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3640 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3641 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3642 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3643 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3645 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3647 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3648 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3649 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3650 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3652 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3654 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3655 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3656 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3659 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3660 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3661 checking of documentation strings.
3663 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3669 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3670 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3671 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19379 23432))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3674 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3675 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3676 Return the length of resulting text.
3678 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3680 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3681 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3685 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3686 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3687 Return the length of resulting text.
3689 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3691 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3692 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3696 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3701 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3704 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3709 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19379 23432))
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3712 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3713 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3714 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3715 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3716 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3717 editing and the result is evaluated.
3719 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3721 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3722 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3723 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3724 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3725 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3727 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3731 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3732 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3733 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3734 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3735 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3737 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3738 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3739 \\{command-history-map}
3741 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3742 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19628 18012))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3751 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3752 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3753 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3754 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3755 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3756 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3758 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3759 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3763 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3764 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3767 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3768 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3769 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3770 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3771 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3772 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3773 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3776 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3777 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3778 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3781 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3782 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3784 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3785 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3786 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3787 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3788 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3789 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3790 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3791 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3792 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3793 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3794 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3795 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3797 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3798 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3799 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3801 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3802 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3803 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3806 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3808 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3810 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3812 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3813 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3815 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3816 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3818 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3819 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3820 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3821 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3822 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3823 value specified by their associated list element.
3825 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3827 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3828 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3829 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3831 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3832 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3833 * indent the first argument by 4.
3834 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3835 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3836 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3838 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3842 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3843 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
3844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3846 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3847 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3848 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3849 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3851 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3852 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3853 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3854 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3856 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3857 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3859 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3863 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19379
3865 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3867 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3868 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3869 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3870 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3871 of `scheme-program-name').
3872 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3873 it is given as initial input.
3874 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3875 discards input when it starts up.
3876 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3878 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3881 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3886 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3887 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3888 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
3889 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3891 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3892 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3893 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3894 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3895 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3896 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3897 functions have already modified the buffer.
3899 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3901 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3902 either globally or locally.")
3904 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3905 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3906 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3907 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3908 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3909 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3910 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3911 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3912 process as its initial input.
3914 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3916 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3918 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3920 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3921 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3922 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3923 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3924 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3925 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3926 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3927 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3928 process as its initial input.
3930 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3932 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3934 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3936 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3937 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3938 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3939 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3940 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3941 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3943 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3945 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3946 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3947 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3948 directory tracking functions.")
3950 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3951 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3952 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3954 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3956 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3958 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3959 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3960 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3962 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3964 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3966 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3967 Send COMMAND to current process.
3968 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3969 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3971 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3973 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3974 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3975 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3976 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3978 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3982 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
3983 ;;;;;; (19478 26045))
3984 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
3986 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3987 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3988 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3989 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3991 This command pushes the mark in each window
3992 at the prior location of point in that window.
3993 If both windows display the same buffer,
3994 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3995 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3997 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3998 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3999 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4000 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4001 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4002 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4003 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4006 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4007 this command work in interlaced mode:
4008 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4009 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4010 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4012 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4017 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4018 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4019 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4020 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19657
4022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4024 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4025 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4027 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4029 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4030 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4031 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4032 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4033 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4034 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4035 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4037 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4039 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4040 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4042 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4044 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4045 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4046 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4047 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4048 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4049 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4050 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4052 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4053 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4054 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4055 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4056 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4058 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4059 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4060 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4061 describing how the process finished.")
4063 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4064 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4065 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4066 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4067 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4069 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4070 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4071 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4073 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4075 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4076 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4077 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4078 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4080 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4082 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4083 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4085 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4086 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4088 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4090 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4091 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4092 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4093 (concat \"make -k \"
4094 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4096 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4097 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4099 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4100 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4101 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4102 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4104 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4106 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4107 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4108 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4109 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4111 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4112 and move to the source code that caused it.
4114 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4115 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4117 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4118 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4119 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4120 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4122 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4123 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4124 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4125 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4127 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4128 kills its subprocesses.
4130 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4131 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4132 to a function that generates a unique name.
4134 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4136 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4137 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4138 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4139 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4141 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4142 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4144 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4145 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4146 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4147 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4149 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4150 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4151 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4153 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4155 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4157 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4158 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4159 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4160 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4161 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4163 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4165 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4167 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4169 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4170 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4171 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4172 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4173 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4174 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4175 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4179 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4180 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4181 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4182 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4183 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4184 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4188 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4189 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4190 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4192 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4197 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4200 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4201 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4202 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4205 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4207 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4209 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4210 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4216 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4217 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4218 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4219 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
4220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4222 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4223 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4224 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4225 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4226 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4227 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4228 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4230 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4231 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4232 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4234 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4235 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4236 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4238 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4239 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4240 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4241 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4243 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4244 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4245 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4246 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4247 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4248 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4249 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4255 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4256 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4257 Comments start with `#'.
4258 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4260 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4270 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4271 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4272 Comments start with `;'.
4273 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4275 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4277 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4278 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4279 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4281 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4282 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4286 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4287 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4288 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4289 between `/*' and `*/'.
4290 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4292 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4293 // another kind of comment
4305 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4306 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4307 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4308 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4309 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4310 `conf-space-keywords'.
4311 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4312 in an interactive fashion instead.
4314 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4316 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4318 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4322 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4324 # Standard multimedia devices
4325 add /dev/audio desktop
4326 add /dev/mixer desktop
4330 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4331 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4332 See `conf-space-mode'.
4334 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4336 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4337 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4338 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4339 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4341 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4343 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4344 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4348 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4349 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4350 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4351 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4353 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4355 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4356 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4360 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4361 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4362 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4363 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4365 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4374 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4375 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19583 31640))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4378 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4379 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4380 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4381 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4383 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4385 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4386 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4387 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4388 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4390 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4392 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4393 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4394 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4395 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4397 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4399 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4400 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4402 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4406 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4407 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19564
4409 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4411 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4412 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4413 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4414 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4415 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4416 following the copyright are updated as well.
4417 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4420 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4422 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4423 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4424 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4428 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4429 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4431 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4433 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4434 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4436 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4440 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4441 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19675 9114))
4442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4443 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4444 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4445 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4446 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4447 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4448 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4449 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4451 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4452 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4453 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4454 Tab indents for Perl code.
4455 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4456 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4458 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4459 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4460 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4461 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4462 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4463 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4464 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4465 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4466 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4467 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4468 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4469 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4471 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4473 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4474 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4476 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4478 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4479 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4480 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4481 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4482 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4483 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4484 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4485 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4486 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4488 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4492 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4493 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4494 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4497 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4498 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4499 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4501 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4503 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4504 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4505 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4506 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4507 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4509 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4519 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4520 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4521 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4522 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4523 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4524 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4525 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4526 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4527 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4528 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4529 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4530 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4531 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4533 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4534 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4535 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4536 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4537 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4538 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4540 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4541 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4544 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4545 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4546 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4547 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4548 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4550 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4551 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4552 span the needed amount of lines.
4554 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4555 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4556 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4557 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4559 Variables controlling indentation style:
4560 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4561 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4562 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4563 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4564 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4565 `cperl-auto-newline'
4566 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4567 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4568 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4569 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4570 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4571 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4572 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4573 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4574 `cperl-indent-level'
4575 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4576 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4577 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4578 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4579 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4580 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4581 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4582 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4583 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4584 `cperl-brace-offset'
4585 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4586 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4587 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4588 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4589 `cperl-label-offset'
4590 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4591 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4592 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4594 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4595 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4596 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4597 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4598 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4599 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4601 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4602 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4603 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4604 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4606 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4607 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4608 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4609 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4610 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4611 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4612 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4614 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4615 column 0 is indented on
4616 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4618 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4621 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4622 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4623 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4627 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4628 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4632 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4633 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4639 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4640 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
4641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4643 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4644 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4645 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4646 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4647 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4651 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4652 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4658 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4659 ;;;;;; (19611 13362))
4660 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4662 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4663 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4664 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4665 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4668 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4670 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4672 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4673 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4674 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4678 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4682 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4683 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
4684 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4686 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4687 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4688 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4689 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4691 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4692 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4693 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4694 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4696 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4697 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4698 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4700 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4701 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4704 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4705 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4706 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4708 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4710 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4711 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4712 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4714 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4718 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19612
4720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4722 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4723 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4730 ;;;;;; (19649 27409))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4733 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4734 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4735 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4737 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4738 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4740 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4742 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4743 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4744 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4745 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4746 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4748 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4749 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4750 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4751 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4752 function of these prefix keys.
4754 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4755 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4757 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4758 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4759 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4761 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4762 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4763 the prefix fallback behavior.
4765 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4766 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4767 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4768 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4772 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4773 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4779 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4780 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4781 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4782 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4783 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4784 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4785 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4786 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4787 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4788 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4789 ;;;;;; (19642 16823))
4790 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4792 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4793 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4795 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4797 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4798 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4800 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4802 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4803 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4805 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4806 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4808 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4809 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4811 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4812 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4814 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4815 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4817 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4819 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4821 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4822 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4823 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4825 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4826 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4828 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4829 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4831 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4832 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4834 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4836 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4838 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4839 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4842 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4843 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4845 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4846 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4848 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4849 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4851 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4853 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4855 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4856 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4857 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4858 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4859 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4863 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4864 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4865 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4866 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4870 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4871 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4873 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4875 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4876 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4878 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4880 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4882 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4883 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4885 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4887 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4889 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4890 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4891 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4893 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4895 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4896 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4897 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4898 as part of Emacs itself.
4900 Each elements looks like this:
4902 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4904 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4905 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4906 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4907 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4908 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4909 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4910 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4913 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4915 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4916 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4917 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4918 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4919 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4921 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4922 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4923 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4924 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4926 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4928 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4930 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4931 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4932 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4934 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4935 that were added or redefined since that version.
4937 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4939 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4940 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4941 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4942 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4944 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4945 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4947 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4949 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4950 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4951 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4953 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4954 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4956 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4958 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4959 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4963 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4964 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4968 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4969 Customize all already saved user options.
4973 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4974 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
4975 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
4976 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
4977 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
4978 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
4980 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
4981 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
4982 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
4983 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4984 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4985 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4987 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
4989 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
4990 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
4991 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
4992 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
4994 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4996 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
4997 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
4999 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5001 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5002 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5004 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5006 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5007 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5008 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5009 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5010 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5013 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5015 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5016 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5017 The result includes selecting that window.
5018 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5019 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5020 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5023 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5025 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5026 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5028 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5030 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5031 File used for storing customization information.
5032 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5033 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5034 it should be an absolute file name.
5036 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5037 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5038 something like the following in your init file:
5040 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5043 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5044 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5046 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5047 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5048 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5049 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5050 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5052 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5053 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5054 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5055 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5056 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5057 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5058 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5059 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5060 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5061 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5063 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5065 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5066 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5070 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5071 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5075 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5076 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5077 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5079 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5081 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5082 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5083 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5084 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5085 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5087 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5091 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme customize-create-theme)
5092 ;;;;;; "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19642 16823))
5093 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5095 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5096 Create or edit a custom theme.
5097 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5098 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5099 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5100 named *Custom Theme*.
5102 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5104 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5105 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5109 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5110 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5111 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5112 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5114 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5118 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5119 ;;;;;; (19474 38892))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5122 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5123 Mode used for cvs status output.
5129 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5130 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19578 56905))
5131 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5133 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5134 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5136 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5138 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5139 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5140 C++ modes are included.
5142 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5146 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5149 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5150 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5154 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5155 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5156 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5157 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5158 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5159 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5161 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5163 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5164 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5165 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5167 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5168 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5169 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5175 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5176 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5177 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5180 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5181 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5183 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5185 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5186 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5188 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5190 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5191 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5192 For readability, the table is slightly
5193 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5195 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5196 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5197 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5198 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5199 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5201 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5205 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5206 ;;;;;; (19551 10990))
5207 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5208 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5209 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5210 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5211 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5213 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5214 Completion on current word.
5215 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5216 and presents suggestions for completion.
5218 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5219 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5222 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5223 then it searches *all* buffers.
5225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5227 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5228 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5230 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5231 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5232 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5233 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5234 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5236 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5237 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5239 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5240 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5241 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5243 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5244 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5246 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5252 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5253 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
5254 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5256 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5257 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5259 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19665
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5267 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5268 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5269 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5270 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5271 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19669
5279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5281 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5282 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5284 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5285 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5286 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5288 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5289 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5290 Data lines are not indented.
5295 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5297 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5298 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5299 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5300 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5302 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5305 Extra indentation within blocks.
5307 dcl-continuation-offset
5308 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5311 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5313 dcl-margin-label-offset
5314 Indentation for a label.
5316 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5317 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5319 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5320 dcl-block-end-regexp
5321 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5322 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5323 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5324 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5325 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5327 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5328 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5329 Two such functions are included in the package:
5330 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5331 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5333 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5334 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5335 One such function is included in the package:
5336 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5338 dcl-tab-always-indent
5339 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5340 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5343 dcl-electric-characters
5344 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5347 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5348 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5349 which words trigger electric indentation.
5352 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5353 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5354 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5356 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5357 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5358 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5359 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5361 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5362 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5363 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5364 dcl-imenu-label-call
5365 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5367 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5368 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5369 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5370 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5373 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5375 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5376 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5377 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5379 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5380 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5384 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5385 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5386 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5387 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5388 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5389 \"lined up with the command line\"
5391 Data lines are not indented at all.
5392 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5397 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5398 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5404 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5405 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19580 5054))
5406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5408 (setq debugger 'debug)
5410 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5411 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5412 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5415 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5416 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5417 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5419 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5421 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5422 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5424 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5426 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5427 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5428 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5429 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5430 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5431 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5433 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5434 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5436 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5438 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5439 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5440 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5441 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5442 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5444 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5448 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5449 ;;;;;; (19671 21337))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5452 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5453 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5457 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5458 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5459 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5460 Upper-case letters are commands.
5462 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5465 The most useful commands are:
5466 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5467 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5468 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5469 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5470 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5471 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5477 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5478 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19379
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5482 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5483 Customization of `columns' group.
5487 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5488 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5490 START and END delimits the text region.
5492 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5494 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5495 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5497 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5499 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5503 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19520
5505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5507 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5508 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5509 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5510 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5511 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5512 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5513 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5515 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5519 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5520 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5521 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5522 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5523 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5524 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5525 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5526 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5527 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5528 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5529 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5530 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5532 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5533 Directories to search when finding external units.
5534 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5535 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5539 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5540 Face used to color delphi comments.
5541 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5542 Face used to color delphi strings.
5543 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5544 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5545 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5546 Face used to color everything else.
5548 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5549 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5551 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19379
5557 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5559 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5561 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5562 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5563 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5565 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5566 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5568 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5570 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5571 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5572 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5573 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5575 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5576 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5577 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5584 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5585 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19578 56905))
5586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5588 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5589 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5591 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5593 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5594 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5595 or nil if there is no parent.
5596 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5597 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5598 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5599 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5600 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5602 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5603 arguments are currently understood:
5605 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5606 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5608 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5609 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5611 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5612 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5614 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5616 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5618 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5619 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5620 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5622 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5623 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5625 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5626 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5627 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5629 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5630 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5632 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5633 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5635 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5637 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5639 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5641 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5642 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5643 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5644 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5645 the first time the mode is used.
5647 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5651 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5652 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19520 54552))
5653 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5655 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5656 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5657 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5658 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5659 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5660 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5663 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5665 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5666 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5667 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5668 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5669 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5670 character composition information (if relevant),
5671 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5673 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5677 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5678 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5679 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5680 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19589 20829))
5681 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5683 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5684 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5685 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5687 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5689 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5690 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5691 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5692 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5693 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5694 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5698 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5699 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5700 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5701 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5703 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5705 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5706 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5707 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5709 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5710 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5711 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5713 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5714 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5716 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5717 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5718 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5720 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5721 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5722 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5723 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5725 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5727 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5728 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5730 Handlers are called with argument list
5732 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5734 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5736 desktop-file-version
5737 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5738 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5739 desktop-buffer-point
5741 desktop-buffer-read-only
5742 desktop-buffer-locals
5744 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5745 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5747 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5750 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5752 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5753 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5755 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5757 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5759 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5760 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5761 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5762 List elements must have the form
5764 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5766 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5769 Handlers are called with argument list
5771 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5773 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5775 desktop-file-version
5776 desktop-buffer-file-name
5778 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5779 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5780 desktop-buffer-point
5782 desktop-buffer-read-only
5785 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5786 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5789 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5792 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5794 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5795 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5797 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5799 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5801 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5803 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5805 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5806 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5807 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5811 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5812 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5813 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5814 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5815 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5817 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5819 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5820 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5821 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5825 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5826 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5827 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5828 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5829 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5830 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5831 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5832 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5834 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5836 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5837 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5838 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5842 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5843 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5844 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5845 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5848 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5850 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5851 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5855 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5856 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5862 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5863 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5864 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19583 31640))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5867 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5868 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5869 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5870 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5871 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5872 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5874 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5876 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5877 Repair a broken attribution line.
5878 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5880 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5882 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5883 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5884 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5885 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5887 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5889 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5890 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5896 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5897 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19619 63775))
5898 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5900 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5901 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5902 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5903 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5904 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5908 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5909 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5910 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5911 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5913 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5914 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5915 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5916 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5918 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5919 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5921 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5922 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5923 calendar-date-style 'european
5924 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5926 \(diary-mail-entries)
5928 # diary-rem.el ends here
5930 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5932 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5933 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5939 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5940 ;;;;;; "vc/diff.el" (19474 38892))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
5943 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5944 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5946 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5948 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5949 The command to use to run diff.")
5951 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5953 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5954 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5955 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5956 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5957 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5958 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5960 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5961 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5962 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5964 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5966 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5967 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5968 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5969 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5970 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5971 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5973 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5977 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
5978 ;;;;;; (19547 59994))
5979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
5981 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5982 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5983 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5986 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5987 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5988 headers for you on-the-fly.
5990 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5991 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5992 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5998 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5999 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6000 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19634 57717))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6009 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6010 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6011 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6013 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6017 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6018 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6019 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19675 9114))
6020 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6022 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6023 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6024 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6025 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6026 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6027 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6028 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6029 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6031 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6033 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6034 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6036 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6037 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6038 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6039 A value of t means move to first file.")
6041 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6043 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6044 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6045 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6046 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6047 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6048 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6050 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6051 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6052 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6053 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6054 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6055 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6056 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6057 list of files to make directory entries for.
6058 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6059 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6060 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6061 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6063 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6065 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6066 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6068 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6069 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6071 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6072 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6074 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6075 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6077 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6079 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6080 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6082 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6084 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6085 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6086 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6087 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6088 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6089 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6091 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6092 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6094 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6096 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6097 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6098 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6099 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6100 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6101 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6102 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6103 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6104 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6105 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6106 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6107 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6108 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6109 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6110 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6111 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6112 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6113 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6114 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6115 to see why something went wrong.
6116 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6117 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6118 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6119 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6120 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6121 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6122 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6123 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6124 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6125 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6126 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6127 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6128 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6130 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6131 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6132 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6133 again for the directory tree.
6135 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6138 `dired-listing-switches'
6139 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6140 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6143 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6144 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6145 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6146 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6148 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6150 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6151 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6158 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6159 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6163 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6164 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
6165 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6167 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6168 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6169 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6170 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6171 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6172 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6173 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6177 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6178 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6179 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6181 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6183 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6184 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6186 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6190 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19379
6192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6194 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6195 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6196 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6197 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6198 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6199 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6201 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6205 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6206 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
6207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6209 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6210 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6211 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6212 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6213 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6214 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6215 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6222 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6223 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19612 6522))
6224 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6226 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6227 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6228 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6229 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6230 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6231 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6232 table and its own syntax table.
6234 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6237 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6239 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6240 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6246 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6247 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19520 54552))
6248 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6250 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6251 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6252 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6254 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6256 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6257 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6259 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6260 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6262 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6263 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6264 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6268 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6269 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6270 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6271 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19667 61332))
6283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6285 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6286 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19379 23432))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6295 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6297 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6300 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6301 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19379 23432))
6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6310 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6311 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6317 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6318 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6319 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19658 41957))
6320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6322 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6324 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6325 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6326 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6327 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6329 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6330 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6331 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6332 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6333 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6334 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6336 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6337 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6338 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6339 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6340 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6343 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6344 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6345 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6346 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6347 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6348 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6349 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6350 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6351 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6352 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6353 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6354 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6355 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6356 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6357 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6358 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6359 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6361 For example, you could write
6362 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6363 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6366 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6368 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6370 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6372 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6373 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6374 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6375 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6376 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6377 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6378 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6379 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6380 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6381 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6382 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6383 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6385 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6386 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6387 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6388 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6389 call another major mode in their body.
6391 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6393 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6394 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6395 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6396 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6397 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6398 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6399 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6401 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6403 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6404 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6405 :inherit Parent keymap.
6407 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6408 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6410 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6412 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6413 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6414 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6415 the constant's documentation.
6417 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6419 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6420 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6421 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6423 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6427 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6428 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19580
6430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6432 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6433 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6435 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6436 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6437 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6439 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6440 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6444 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6445 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6449 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6450 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6454 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6455 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6457 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6459 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6461 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6463 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6464 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6466 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6467 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6469 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6471 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6473 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6477 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6478 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6479 computed automatically.
6480 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6484 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6486 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6487 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6488 keyboard equivalent.
6492 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6493 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6497 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6498 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6502 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6503 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6507 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6508 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6512 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6516 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6517 radio: A radio button.
6518 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6519 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6521 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6525 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6526 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6530 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6532 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6533 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6534 as a solid horizontal line.
6536 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6538 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6540 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6542 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6545 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6547 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6548 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6549 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6550 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6552 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6554 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6555 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6556 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6557 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6558 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6559 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6561 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6562 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6563 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6565 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6566 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6567 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6569 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6570 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6572 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6576 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6577 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6578 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6579 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6580 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6581 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6582 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19669 58161))
6584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6586 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6587 Customization for ebnf group.
6591 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6592 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6594 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6596 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6599 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6601 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6603 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6604 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6606 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6607 killed after process termination.
6609 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6611 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6613 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6614 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6616 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6617 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6620 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6621 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6622 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6623 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6625 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6627 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6628 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6629 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6631 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6633 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6634 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6636 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6638 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6641 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6643 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6645 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6646 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6648 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6649 killed after process termination.
6651 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6653 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6655 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6656 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6657 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6658 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6660 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6664 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6665 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6666 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6668 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6670 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6672 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6673 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6675 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6677 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6680 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6682 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6684 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6685 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6687 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6688 killed after EPS generation.
6690 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6692 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6694 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6695 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6697 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6698 The EPS file name has the following form:
6700 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6702 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6703 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6705 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6706 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6707 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6708 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6709 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6711 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6716 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6717 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6719 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6720 The EPS file name has the following form:
6722 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6724 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6725 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6727 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6728 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6729 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6730 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6731 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6733 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6736 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6738 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6740 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6741 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6743 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6745 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6748 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6750 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6752 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6753 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6755 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6756 killed after syntax checking.
6758 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6760 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6762 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6763 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6767 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6768 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6770 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6772 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6773 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6777 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6778 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6780 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6784 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6785 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6787 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6789 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6791 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6794 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6798 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6799 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6801 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6803 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6805 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6806 Set STYLE as the current style.
6808 Returns the old style symbol.
6810 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6814 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6815 Reset current style.
6817 Returns the old style symbol.
6819 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6821 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6823 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6824 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
6826 Returns the old style symbol.
6828 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
6830 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6832 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6834 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6835 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
6837 Returns the old style symbol.
6839 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
6841 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6848 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6849 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6850 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6851 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6852 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6853 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6854 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6855 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6856 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6857 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19669
6859 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6861 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
6862 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6863 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6864 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6865 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6866 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6868 Tree mode key bindings:
6869 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6873 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
6874 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6878 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
6879 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6881 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6885 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
6886 View declaration of member at point.
6890 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
6891 Find declaration of member at point.
6895 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
6896 View definition of member at point.
6900 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
6901 Find definition of member at point.
6905 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
6906 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6910 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
6911 View definition of member at point in other window.
6915 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
6916 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6920 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
6921 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6925 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
6926 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6930 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
6931 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6935 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
6936 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6937 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6938 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6941 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6943 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
6944 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6945 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6946 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6948 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6950 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
6951 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6952 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6953 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6955 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6957 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
6958 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6959 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6961 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6963 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
6964 Search for call sites of a member.
6965 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6966 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6967 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6968 looks like a function call to the member.
6970 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6972 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
6973 Move backward in the position stack.
6974 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6978 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
6979 Move forward in the position stack.
6980 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6984 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
6985 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6989 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
6990 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6994 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
6995 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6996 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6997 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6999 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7001 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7002 Display statistics for a class tree.
7008 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7009 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
7010 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7012 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7013 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7014 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7015 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7017 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7018 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7019 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7021 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7022 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7023 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7025 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7027 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7034 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19379 23432))
7035 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7037 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7038 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7039 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7041 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7045 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7046 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
7047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7049 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19662 54456))
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7059 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7060 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7061 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7064 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7066 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7068 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7069 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7070 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7071 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7073 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7074 an EDE controlled project.
7076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7080 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7081 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19669 58161))
7083 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7085 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7086 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7087 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7088 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7089 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7091 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7092 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7093 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7094 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7096 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7098 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7099 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7100 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7101 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7103 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7105 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7106 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7107 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7108 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7110 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7112 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7114 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7115 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7116 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7117 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7118 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7120 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7121 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7122 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7123 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7124 instrumented for Edebug.
7126 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7127 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7128 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7129 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7134 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7135 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7139 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7140 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7146 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7147 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7148 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7149 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7150 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7151 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7152 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7153 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7154 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7155 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19578 56905))
7156 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7158 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7159 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7161 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7163 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7164 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7166 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7168 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7170 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7172 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7173 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7174 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7175 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7179 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7180 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7181 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7182 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7186 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7187 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7189 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7191 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7193 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7194 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7196 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7198 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7200 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7201 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7202 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7203 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7205 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7207 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7209 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7210 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7211 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7212 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7214 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7216 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7218 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7219 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7220 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7221 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7223 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7225 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7227 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7228 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7229 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7230 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7232 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7234 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7236 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7237 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7238 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7239 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7240 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7241 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7243 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7246 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7247 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7248 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7250 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7252 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7254 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7255 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7256 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7257 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7259 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7261 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7263 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7265 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7266 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7267 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7269 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7270 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7272 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7274 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7275 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7276 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7278 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7279 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7281 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7283 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7284 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7285 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7286 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7287 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7289 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7292 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7293 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7294 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7295 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7296 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7298 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7300 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7302 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7303 Merge two files without ancestor.
7305 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7307 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7308 Merge two files with ancestor.
7310 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7312 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7314 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7315 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7317 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7320 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7322 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7325 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7326 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7329 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7331 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7332 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7333 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7336 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7339 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7340 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7341 and don't ask the user.
7342 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7343 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7345 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7348 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7349 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7350 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7351 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7352 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7353 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7354 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7356 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7358 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7360 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7362 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7363 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7364 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7365 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7366 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7368 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7370 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7372 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7373 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7374 When called interactively, displays the version.
7378 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7379 Display Ediff's manual.
7380 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7382 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7386 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7387 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
7388 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7390 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7397 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7398 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
7399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7401 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7402 Display Ediff's registry.
7406 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7410 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7411 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19665 17270))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7414 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7415 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7416 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7421 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7422 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7423 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7424 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7430 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7431 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7432 ;;;;;; (19634 57717))
7433 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7435 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7436 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7437 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7439 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7440 Edit a keyboard macro.
7441 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7442 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7443 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7445 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7447 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7449 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7450 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7452 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7455 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7457 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7460 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7461 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7462 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7463 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7464 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7466 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7467 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7468 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7469 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7471 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7473 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7474 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7475 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7476 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7477 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7478 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7480 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7484 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7485 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19675 9114))
7486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7488 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7490 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7491 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7493 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7495 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7496 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7502 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7503 ;;;;;; (19535 3923))
7504 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7506 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7507 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7508 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7509 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7510 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7511 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7512 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7514 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7515 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7517 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7518 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7519 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7520 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7522 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7523 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7524 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7526 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7527 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7528 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7530 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7532 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7535 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7539 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7540 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19461 3301))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7543 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7544 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7546 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7548 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7549 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7550 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7551 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7552 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7553 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7554 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7556 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7560 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7561 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7565 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7566 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7567 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7568 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7569 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7570 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7573 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7574 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7575 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7578 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7579 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7583 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7584 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19686 22639))
7585 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7587 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7588 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7590 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7591 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7592 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7595 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7597 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7599 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7600 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7601 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7605 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7606 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7607 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7610 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7612 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7614 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7615 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7619 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7620 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7621 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7624 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7626 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7628 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7629 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19379
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7639 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7640 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7642 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7643 an elided material again.
7645 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7652 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7653 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
7654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7656 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7661 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7662 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7663 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7665 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7667 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7668 Lint the current buffer.
7669 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7673 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7674 Lint the function at point.
7675 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7679 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7681 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7682 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7684 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7688 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7689 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19379
7691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7693 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7694 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7695 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7697 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7699 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7700 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7701 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7702 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7704 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7706 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7707 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7708 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7710 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7712 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7714 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7715 Display current profiling results.
7716 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7717 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7724 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7725 ;;;;;; (19639 5054))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7728 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7729 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7730 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7732 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7736 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7737 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7738 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7739 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7740 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19675 9114))
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
7743 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7744 Run Emerge on two files.
7746 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7749 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7751 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7753 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7754 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7756 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7758 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7759 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7763 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7768 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7773 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7776 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7778 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7781 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7783 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7784 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7786 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7788 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7789 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7791 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7793 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7796 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7800 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7801 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19611 13362))
7802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7804 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7805 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7806 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7807 text/enriched format.
7808 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7810 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7811 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7815 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7822 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7824 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7827 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7831 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7832 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7833 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7834 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7835 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7836 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19675
7838 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7840 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7841 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7843 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7845 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
7846 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
7848 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
7851 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
7852 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
7853 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
7854 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
7855 the keys are listed.
7856 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
7858 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
7860 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
7865 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
7870 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
7871 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
7873 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
7875 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
7876 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
7878 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
7880 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
7881 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
7883 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7884 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
7885 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
7886 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
7887 should consider using the string based counterpart
7888 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
7889 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
7893 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
7894 (decode-coding-string
7895 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
7898 \(fn START END)" t nil)
7900 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
7901 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
7903 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7904 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
7906 \(fn START END)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
7909 Verify the current region between START and END.
7911 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7912 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
7913 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
7914 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
7915 should consider using the string based counterpart
7916 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
7917 `epg-verify-file' instead.
7921 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
7922 (decode-coding-string
7923 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
7926 \(fn START END)" t nil)
7928 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
7929 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
7930 between START and END.
7932 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7933 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
7935 \(fn START END)" t nil)
7937 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
7938 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
7940 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7941 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
7942 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
7943 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
7944 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
7945 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
7949 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
7952 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
7954 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
7957 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
7959 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
7960 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
7961 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
7962 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
7963 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
7964 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
7968 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
7971 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
7974 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
7976 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
7977 Delete selected KEYS.
7979 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
7981 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
7982 Import keys from FILE.
7986 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
7987 Import keys from the region.
7989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
7991 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
7992 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
7993 between START and END.
7995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
7997 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
7998 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8000 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8002 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8003 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8010 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19578 56905))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8013 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8014 Decrypt marked files.
8018 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8019 Verify marked files.
8023 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8028 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8029 Encrypt marked files.
8035 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8036 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19633 49761))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8039 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8042 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8044 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8049 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8056 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8057 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8058 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19655 16813))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8061 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8062 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8066 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8067 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8068 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8070 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8074 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8075 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8076 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8078 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8082 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8083 Sign the current buffer.
8084 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8086 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8088 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8090 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8091 Encrypt the current buffer.
8092 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8094 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8096 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8098 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8099 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8100 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8102 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8106 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8107 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8108 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8110 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8111 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8113 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8115 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8116 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8122 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19578 56905))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8125 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8126 Return a context object.
8128 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8132 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8133 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19652 27168))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8136 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8137 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8141 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8142 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8144 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8146 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8147 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8149 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8154 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19578 56905))
8155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8157 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8158 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8162 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8163 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8164 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8166 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8168 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8169 (server (erc-compute-server))
8170 (port (erc-compute-port))
8171 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8173 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8175 That is, if called with
8177 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8179 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8180 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8181 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8183 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8185 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8187 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8188 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8189 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8190 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8192 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19379
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8199 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19379 23432))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8205 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19379 23432))
8210 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8211 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19379 23432))
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8217 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8221 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8222 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19379 23432))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8224 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8226 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8227 Parser for /dcc command.
8228 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8229 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8230 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8232 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8234 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8235 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8239 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8240 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8242 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8243 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8244 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8247 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8251 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8252 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8253 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8254 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8255 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
8256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8258 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8259 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8261 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8263 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8264 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8265 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8266 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8268 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8270 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8273 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8275 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8276 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8278 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8280 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8281 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8283 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8286 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8288 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8290 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8291 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8293 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8295 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8296 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8298 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8300 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8301 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8303 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8305 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8306 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8310 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8311 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8317 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19379
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8320 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8322 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8323 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8324 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19379
8332 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8333 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8338 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19379 23432))
8339 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8340 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8342 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8343 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8344 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8345 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8346 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8347 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8350 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8352 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8355 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8359 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8360 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
8361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8363 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19564 19367))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8372 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19634 57717))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8378 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8382 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8383 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19379 23432))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8385 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8387 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8388 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8389 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8390 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8391 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8392 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8394 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8396 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8397 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8398 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8399 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8401 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8402 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8405 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8406 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8408 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8412 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8413 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8414 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8415 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
8416 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8417 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8419 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8420 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8424 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8425 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8429 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8430 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8434 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8435 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8439 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8440 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8444 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8445 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8449 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8450 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8454 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8455 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19379 23432))
8462 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8463 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8467 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8468 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
8469 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8470 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8472 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8480 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19379 23432))
8481 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8483 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8484 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8485 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8486 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8490 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8491 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8497 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8498 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19379 23432))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8500 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8502 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8503 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8504 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8505 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8507 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8509 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19379 23432))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8518 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19379
8524 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8525 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19379 23432))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8531 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19379 23432))
8536 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8537 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8541 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8542 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19379 23432))
8543 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8544 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8546 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8547 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8551 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8552 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8553 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8555 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19379 23432))
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8561 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8565 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8566 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
8567 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8569 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8570 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8571 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19379
8579 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8580 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19379 23432))
8585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8586 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8590 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8591 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
8592 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8594 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8595 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8596 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8598 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8600 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8601 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8604 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8605 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8606 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8613 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8614 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19379 23432))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8616 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8618 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8619 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8620 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8621 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8623 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8625 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8626 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8627 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8633 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8634 ;;;;;; (19638 63299))
8635 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8636 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8638 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8639 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19614
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8649 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8650 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8658 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19675
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8662 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8663 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8669 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8670 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19451 41962))
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8673 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8674 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8675 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8676 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8677 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8678 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8679 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8680 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8681 buffer selected (or created).
8683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8685 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8686 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8687 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8689 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8691 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8692 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8693 The result might be any Lisp object.
8694 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8695 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8696 corresponding to a successful execution.
8698 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8700 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8704 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8705 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8706 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8707 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8708 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8709 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8710 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8711 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8714 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8715 *File name of tags table.
8716 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8717 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8718 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8719 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8720 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
8722 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8723 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8724 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8725 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8727 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8729 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8730 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8731 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8732 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8733 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8734 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8736 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8738 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
8739 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8740 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8741 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8742 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8743 `auto-compression-mode').")
8745 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8747 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8748 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8749 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8750 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8751 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8753 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8755 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8756 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8757 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8758 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8760 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8762 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8763 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8764 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8765 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8766 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8768 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8770 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8771 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8775 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8776 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8777 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8778 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8780 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8781 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8782 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8783 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8784 file the tag was in.
8786 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8788 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8789 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8790 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8791 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8792 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8793 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8794 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8795 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8796 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8798 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8800 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8801 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8802 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8803 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8804 without directory names.
8807 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
8808 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
8811 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
8813 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8814 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8815 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8816 but does not select the buffer.
8817 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8819 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8820 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8821 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8822 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8823 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8825 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8827 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8828 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8829 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8833 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8835 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8836 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8837 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8838 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8840 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8841 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8842 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8843 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8844 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8846 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8848 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8849 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8850 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8852 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8854 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8855 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8857 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
8858 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8859 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8860 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8861 around or before point.
8863 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8864 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8865 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8866 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8867 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8869 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8871 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8872 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8873 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8875 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8877 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8878 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8880 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
8881 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8882 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8883 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8884 around or before point.
8886 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8887 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8888 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8889 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8890 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8892 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8894 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8895 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8896 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8898 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8900 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8901 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8903 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
8904 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8905 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8907 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8908 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8909 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8910 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8911 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8913 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8915 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8916 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8917 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8919 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8921 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8922 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8923 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8925 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
8926 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8928 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8929 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8930 where they were found.
8934 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
8935 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8937 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8938 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8939 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8941 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8942 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8944 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8945 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8947 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8949 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
8950 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8951 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8952 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8954 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8955 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8956 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8957 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8958 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8960 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8961 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8963 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
8964 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8965 Stops when a match is found.
8966 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8968 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8970 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8972 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
8973 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8974 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8975 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8976 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8977 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
8978 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
8979 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
8981 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
8982 produce the list of files to search.
8984 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
8986 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8988 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
8989 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8990 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8991 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8992 directory specification.
8994 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8996 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
8997 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8999 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9001 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9002 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9003 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9004 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9008 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9009 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9010 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9011 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9012 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9018 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9019 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9020 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9021 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9022 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9023 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9024 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9025 ;;;;;; (19451 41962))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9028 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9033 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9034 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9036 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9037 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9039 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9040 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9043 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9044 even if the buffer is read-only.
9046 See also the descriptions of the variables
9047 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9049 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9051 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9052 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9054 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9055 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9057 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9058 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9061 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9062 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9064 See also the descriptions of the variables
9065 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9067 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9069 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9070 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9071 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9072 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9076 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9077 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9078 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9079 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9081 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9082 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9085 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9086 buffer is read-only.
9088 See also the descriptions of the variables
9089 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9090 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9092 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9094 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9095 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9097 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9098 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9100 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9101 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9102 the primary language.
9104 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9105 buffer is read-only.
9107 See also the descriptions of the variables
9108 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9109 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9111 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9113 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9114 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9115 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9117 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9119 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9120 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9124 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9125 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9127 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9128 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9131 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9132 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9133 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9135 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9137 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9139 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9140 This function is deprecated.
9144 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9145 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9149 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9150 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9154 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9155 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9157 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9158 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9160 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9161 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9165 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9166 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9170 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9171 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9175 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9176 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9180 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9181 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9182 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9186 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9189 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9194 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9195 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9198 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9199 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9200 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9201 server for future sessions.
9203 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9205 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9206 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9207 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9209 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9211 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9212 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9213 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9215 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9217 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9218 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9219 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9220 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9221 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9222 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9223 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9224 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9225 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9226 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9227 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9228 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9230 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9232 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9233 Display a form to query the directory server.
9234 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9235 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9237 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9239 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9240 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9241 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9245 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9250 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9251 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19578 56905))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9254 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
9255 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9257 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9259 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
9260 Display URL and make it clickable.
9264 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
9265 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9267 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9269 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
9270 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9272 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9274 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
9275 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9277 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9279 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
9280 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9282 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9287 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19578 56905))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9290 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
9291 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9292 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9296 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
9297 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9303 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9304 ;;;;;; (19634 57717))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9307 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
9308 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9314 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19379
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9318 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
9319 Create an empty ewoc.
9321 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9323 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9324 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9325 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9326 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9327 `insert-before-markers'.
9329 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9330 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9331 respectively, of the ewoc.
9333 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9334 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9335 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9337 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
9341 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9342 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9343 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9344 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9347 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
9348 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9349 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9351 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9353 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
9354 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9355 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9356 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9357 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9359 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9361 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
9362 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9363 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9364 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9365 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9368 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9370 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
9371 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9372 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9376 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
9377 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9378 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9385 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9386 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9387 ;;;;;; (19451 41962))
9388 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9390 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
9391 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9392 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9393 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9395 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9397 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9398 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9399 to generate such functions.
9401 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9402 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9403 beginning of the expanded text.
9405 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9406 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9407 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9408 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9410 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9412 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9414 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
9415 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9416 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9420 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
9421 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9422 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9426 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
9427 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9428 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9431 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9432 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19652 27168))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9439 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
9440 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9441 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9443 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9444 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9445 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9447 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9452 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9455 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9457 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9459 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9460 `f90-program-indent'
9461 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9463 `f90-continuation-indent'
9464 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9465 `f90-comment-region'
9466 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9467 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9468 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9469 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9471 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9472 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9473 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9474 `f90-break-delimiters'
9475 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9476 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9477 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9478 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9480 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9481 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9483 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9484 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9485 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9486 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9487 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9488 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9490 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9492 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9499 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9500 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9501 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9502 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19652
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9506 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
9507 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9509 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9510 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9512 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9513 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9514 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9515 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9516 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9517 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9518 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9520 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9521 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9522 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9524 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9526 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
9527 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9529 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
9531 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
9532 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9533 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9534 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9535 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9536 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9538 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
9540 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
9541 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9542 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9544 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9545 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9546 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9551 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
9552 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9553 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9555 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9556 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9557 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9558 will remove any scaling currently active.
9562 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
9563 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9564 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9567 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9568 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9569 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9570 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
9572 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
9573 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9575 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9576 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9578 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9579 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9580 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9582 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9583 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9584 is one of the above.
9586 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9587 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9588 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9589 will remove any scaling currently active.
9591 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9592 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9593 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9594 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9595 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9599 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
9600 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9601 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9602 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9606 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
9607 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9608 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9609 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9610 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9612 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9613 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9615 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9617 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
9618 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9619 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9620 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9622 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9623 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9624 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9625 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9627 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9628 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9630 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
9632 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
9633 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9634 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9635 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9641 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9642 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9643 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19611 13362))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9646 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
9647 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9648 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9649 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9653 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
9654 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9658 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
9659 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9660 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9661 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9665 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
9666 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9667 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9668 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9669 backup file names and the like).
9671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
9673 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
9674 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9675 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9676 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9677 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9678 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9679 internally by feedmail):
9681 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9682 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9683 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9684 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9686 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9687 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9688 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9689 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9690 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9692 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
9696 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9697 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19379 23432))
9698 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9700 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
9701 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9702 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9703 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9704 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9705 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9706 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9708 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
9710 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
9711 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9712 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9713 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9714 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9715 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9716 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9718 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9720 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
9722 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
9723 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9724 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9725 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9726 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9727 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9729 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
9731 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
9732 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9733 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9735 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9736 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9741 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
9742 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9743 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9745 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
9747 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil
"\
9748 Try to get a file name at point.
9749 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser
)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess
(if (or (not guess
) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p
)) (ffap-url-p guess
)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p
)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess
))) guess
(abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess
)))) (when guess
(if (file-directory-p guess
) (file-name-as-directory guess
) guess
)))))
9751 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
9752 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9758 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9759 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9760 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9761 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19675 9114))
9762 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9764 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
9765 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9766 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9767 be added to the cache.
9769 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9771 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
9772 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9773 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9774 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9775 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9777 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9779 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
9780 Add FILE to the file cache.
9784 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
9785 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9786 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9788 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
9790 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
9791 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9792 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9794 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
9796 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
9797 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9798 This function does not use any external programs.
9799 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9800 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9801 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9803 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
9805 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
9806 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9807 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9808 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9809 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9810 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9811 \(directories) is done.
9817 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9818 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9819 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9820 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9821 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19578 56905))
9822 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9824 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9825 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9827 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9828 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9829 Local Variables list.
9831 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9832 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9833 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9835 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9837 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9838 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9840 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9842 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9843 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9845 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9846 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
9849 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
9850 then this function adds it.
9852 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9854 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9855 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
9857 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9859 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9860 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
9862 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
9864 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
9865 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
9867 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
9869 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
9870 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
9874 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
9875 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
9879 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
9880 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
9886 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19612
9888 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
9890 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
9891 Filesets initialization.
9892 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
9898 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19379 23432))
9899 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
9901 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
9902 Initiate the building of a find command.
9905 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
9906 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
9908 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
9910 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
9911 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
9913 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
9917 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9918 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9919 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9922 (defvar find-ls-option
(if (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (purecopy '("-ls" .
"-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" .
"-ld"))) "\
9923 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9924 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9925 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9926 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9928 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option
"find-dired" t
)
9930 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches
(purecopy "-al") "\
9931 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9932 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9933 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9934 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9936 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches
"find-dired" t
)
9938 (defvar find-grep-options
(purecopy (if (or (eq system-type
'berkeley-unix
) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration
) (string-match "irix" system-configuration
)) "-s" "-q")) "\
9939 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9940 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9941 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9943 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options
"find-dired" t
)
9945 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
9946 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9947 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9949 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9951 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9952 as the final argument.
9954 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
9956 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
9957 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9958 and run dired on those files.
9959 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9960 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9962 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9964 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
9966 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
9967 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9968 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9970 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9972 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9974 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9979 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9980 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9983 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
9984 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
9985 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
9986 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
9987 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
9988 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
9989 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
9991 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
9992 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9993 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9995 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9997 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
9999 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10001 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10002 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10003 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10005 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10006 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10008 Variables of interest include:
10010 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10011 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10012 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10014 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10015 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10016 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10018 - `ff-ignore-include'
10019 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10021 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10022 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10025 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10027 - `ff-special-constructs'
10028 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10029 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10030 extracting the filename from that construct.
10032 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10033 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10035 - `ff-search-directories'
10036 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10037 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10039 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10040 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10042 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10043 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10045 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10046 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10048 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10049 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10051 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10052 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10054 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10056 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10057 Visit the file you click on.
10059 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10061 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10062 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10064 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10068 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10069 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10070 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10071 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10072 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10073 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19649 27409))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10077 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10078 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10079 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10081 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10083 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10084 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10085 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10086 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10088 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10089 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10090 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10091 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10093 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10095 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10096 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10098 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10099 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10100 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10101 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10103 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10104 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10107 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
10109 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10110 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10112 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10113 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10114 places point before the definition.
10115 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10117 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10118 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10119 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10121 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10123 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10124 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10126 See `find-function' for more details.
10128 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10130 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10131 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10133 See `find-function' for more details.
10135 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10137 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10138 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10140 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10141 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10142 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10144 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10145 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10147 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10149 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10150 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10152 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10153 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10154 places point before the definition.
10156 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10158 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10159 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10160 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10162 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10164 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10165 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10167 See `find-variable' for more details.
10169 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10171 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10172 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10174 See `find-variable' for more details.
10176 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10178 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10179 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10180 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10181 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10182 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10183 buffer nor display it.
10185 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10186 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10188 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10190 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
10191 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10193 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10194 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10195 places point before the definition.
10197 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10199 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10200 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10201 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10205 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
10206 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10207 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10211 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
10212 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10216 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
10217 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10221 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
10222 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10229 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19379 23432))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10232 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
10233 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10235 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10237 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
10238 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10242 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
10243 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10245 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
10249 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10250 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19662 54456))
10251 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10253 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
10254 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10258 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
10259 Display FILE's commentary section.
10260 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10264 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
10265 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10271 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10272 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19379 23432))
10273 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10275 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
10276 Toggle flow control handling.
10277 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10278 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10280 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
10282 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
10283 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10284 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10285 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10286 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10287 to get the effect of a C-q.
10289 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
10293 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10294 ;;;;;; (19606 36461))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10297 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
10300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
10302 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
10305 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
10309 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10310 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19671 21337))
10311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10313 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
10314 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10315 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10316 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10320 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
10321 Turn flymake mode on.
10325 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
10326 Turn flymake mode off.
10332 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10333 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10334 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19682 26290))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10337 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
10338 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10341 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
)
10343 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
10344 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10345 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10346 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10347 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10348 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10349 otherwise turn it off.
10352 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10353 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10354 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10355 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10358 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10361 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10362 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10363 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10365 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10367 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10368 in your .emacs file.
10370 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10371 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10375 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10376 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10380 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
10381 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10385 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
10386 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10390 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
10391 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10393 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
10395 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
10396 Flyspell whole buffer.
10402 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10403 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10404 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
10405 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10407 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10408 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10412 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
10413 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10417 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
10418 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10420 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10421 of two major techniques:
10423 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10424 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10425 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10427 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10428 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10429 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10432 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10433 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10434 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10435 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10436 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10439 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10440 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10442 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10444 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10445 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10446 \(This is the default.)
10448 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10450 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10451 \\{follow-mode-map}
10453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10455 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
10456 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10458 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10459 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10460 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10461 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10462 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10463 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10465 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10466 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10467 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10469 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10470 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10471 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10477 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19379
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10481 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
10482 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10483 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10484 started, play around with the following keys:
10485 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10492 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19397 4695))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10495 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
10496 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10498 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10499 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10500 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10501 C-c < forms-first-record <
10502 C-c > forms-last-record >
10503 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10504 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10505 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10506 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10507 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10508 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10509 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10510 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10511 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10512 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10514 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
10516 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
10517 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10521 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
10522 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10528 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10529 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10532 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
10533 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10534 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10536 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10537 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10539 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10542 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10544 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10546 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10547 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10548 `fortran-do-indent'
10549 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10550 `fortran-if-indent'
10551 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10552 `fortran-structure-indent'
10553 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10555 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10556 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10557 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10558 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10559 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10560 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10561 nil don't change the indentation
10562 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10565 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10566 depending on the continuation format in use.
10567 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10568 indentation for a line of code.
10570 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10571 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10572 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10573 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10574 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10576 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10577 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10578 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10579 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10581 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10582 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10583 statements (default nil).
10584 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10585 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10586 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10587 `fortran-continuation-string'
10588 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10589 line (default \"$\").
10590 `fortran-comment-region'
10591 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10592 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10593 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10594 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10595 as typed (default t).
10596 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10597 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10599 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10600 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10606 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10607 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19661 45226))
10608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10610 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
10611 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10613 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10614 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10616 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
10618 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
10619 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10621 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10622 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10624 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
10626 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
10627 Compile fortune file.
10629 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10630 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10632 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10634 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
10635 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10637 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10638 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10639 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10640 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10642 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10644 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
10645 Display a fortune cookie.
10646 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10647 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10648 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10649 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10651 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
10655 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10656 ;;;;;; (19613 57681))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10659 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
10660 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10662 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" t
)
10664 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
10665 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10666 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10667 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10669 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10670 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10671 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10672 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10674 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10675 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10676 shown in some of the buffers.
10678 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10680 The following commands help control operation :
10682 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10683 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10685 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10686 detailed description of this mode.
10689 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10691 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10692 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10696 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10697 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10698 | | (comint-mode) |
10705 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10706 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10707 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10708 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10709 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10710 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10712 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
10716 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10717 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19578
10719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10721 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
10722 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10723 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10724 instead (which see).")
10726 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
10727 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10729 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10730 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10731 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10732 documentation string instead.
10734 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10735 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10736 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10737 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10738 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10739 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10740 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10741 enders are actually possible.
10743 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10744 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10746 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10747 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10748 `font-lock-keywords'.
10750 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10751 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10752 runs the macro expansion.
10754 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10755 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10756 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10758 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10760 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil
(quote macro
))
10762 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
10764 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
10765 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10767 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
10769 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
10770 Enter generic mode MODE.
10772 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10773 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10774 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10776 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10777 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10781 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
10782 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10783 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10784 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10785 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10786 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10787 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10788 `font-lock-keywords'.
10790 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
10794 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10795 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
10796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10798 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
10799 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10800 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10801 at places they belong to.
10803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10807 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10808 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10809 ;;;;;; (19623 61514))
10810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10812 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
10813 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10814 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10816 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
10818 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
10819 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10821 Guideline for numbers:
10823 3 - non-serious error messages
10824 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10825 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10826 9 - messages inside loops.
10828 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10830 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
10831 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10832 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10834 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
10836 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
10837 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10839 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
10841 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
10842 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10844 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
10845 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
10846 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
10847 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
10848 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
10849 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
10851 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
10852 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
10853 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
10854 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
10855 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
10857 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
10859 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
10863 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10864 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19682 26290))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10866 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
10867 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
10869 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
10870 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10874 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
10876 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10877 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10878 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10879 name of an NNTP server to use.
10880 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10883 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
10885 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
10886 Read news as a slave.
10888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10890 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
10891 Pop up a frame to read news.
10892 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10893 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10894 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10895 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10896 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10897 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10898 current display is used.
10900 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
10902 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
10904 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10905 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10906 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10908 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
10912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10913 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10914 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10915 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10916 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10917 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19682 26290))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10920 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
10921 Start Gnus unplugged.
10925 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
10926 Start Gnus plugged.
10930 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
10931 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10935 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
10936 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10938 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10939 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10940 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10942 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10943 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10944 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10948 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
10949 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10953 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
10954 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
10955 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
10956 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
10957 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
10960 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
10962 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
10963 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
10964 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
10965 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
10966 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
10969 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
10971 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
10972 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10976 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
10977 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10978 downloaded into the agent.
10980 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
10982 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
10983 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10984 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10985 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10987 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
10989 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
10990 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10994 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
10995 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10999 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11000 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11001 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11003 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11008 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11011 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11012 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11019 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19671 21337))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11022 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11023 Set a bookmark for this article.
11027 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11028 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11030 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11032 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11033 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11034 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11035 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11036 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11043 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11044 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19635
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11048 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11049 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11052 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11056 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11057 Generate the cache active file.
11059 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11061 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11062 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11066 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11067 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11068 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11069 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11070 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11073 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11075 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11076 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11077 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11078 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11079 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11082 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11086 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11087 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19644 51090))
11088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11090 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11091 Delay this article by some time.
11092 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11094 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11095 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11097 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11098 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11100 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11101 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11103 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11105 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11106 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11110 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11111 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11112 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11113 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11115 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11116 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11118 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11122 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11123 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19641 32539))
11124 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11126 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11129 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11131 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11134 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11138 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11139 ;;;;;; (19662 8083))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11142 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11143 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11150 ;;;;;; (19646 65152))
11151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11153 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11154 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11161 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11162 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19635
11164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11166 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11167 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11171 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
11172 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11176 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11177 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11179 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11180 different input formats.
11184 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
11185 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11187 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11188 different input formats.
11192 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
11193 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11194 The PNG is returned as a string.
11196 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
11198 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
11199 Convert FILE to a Face.
11200 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11203 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
11207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11208 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19671 21337))
11209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11211 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11212 Display gravatar in the From header.
11213 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11215 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11217 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
11218 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11219 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11221 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11225 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11226 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19675 9114))
11227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11229 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
11230 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11231 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11232 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11234 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
11236 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
11237 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11239 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
11243 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11244 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19686 22639))
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11247 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
11250 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
11252 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
11255 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
11259 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11260 ;;;;;; (19636 31813))
11261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11263 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
11265 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
11266 Run batched scoring.
11267 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11273 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11274 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11275 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11278 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11283 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
11284 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11285 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11287 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
11289 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
11290 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11292 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11299 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11300 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
11301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11303 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11304 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11305 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11306 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11309 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11310 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11311 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11312 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11314 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11315 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11316 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11317 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11318 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11319 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11320 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11321 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11322 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11323 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11325 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11327 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11328 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11329 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11332 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11333 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11335 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
11337 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11338 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11339 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11341 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11345 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
11346 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11347 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11349 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11351 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11352 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11353 existing groups are considered.
11355 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11356 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11359 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11360 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11361 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11362 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11363 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11364 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11365 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11366 clauses will be generated.
11368 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11369 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11370 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11371 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11372 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11373 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11375 For example, given the following group parameters:
11378 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11379 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11381 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11382 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11383 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11384 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11386 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11388 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11390 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11392 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11393 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11396 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
11400 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11401 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19662 54456))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11404 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
11405 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11406 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11407 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11409 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil
)
11411 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
11414 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
11416 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
11417 Like `message-reply'.
11419 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
11421 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11426 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11427 ;;;;;; (19635 41857))
11428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11430 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11431 Display picons in the From header.
11432 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11436 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11437 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11438 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11442 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
11443 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11444 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11450 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11451 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11452 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11453 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11454 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19606 36461))
11455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11457 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
11458 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11459 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11460 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11462 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11464 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
11465 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11466 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11469 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11471 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
11472 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11473 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11475 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11477 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11480 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11482 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11483 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11484 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11486 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11488 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
11489 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11490 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11492 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
11494 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
11496 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
11497 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11498 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11500 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11502 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
11503 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11504 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11506 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11508 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
11509 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11510 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11512 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
11514 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
11515 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11517 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
11521 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11522 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19644 51090))
11523 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11525 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
11526 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11530 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
11531 Install the registry hooks.
11537 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11538 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19583
11540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11542 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
11543 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11544 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11545 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11546 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11547 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11551 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
11552 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11553 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11554 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11555 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11559 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
11566 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11567 ;;;;;; (19638 15279))
11568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11570 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
11571 Update the format specification near point.
11577 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11578 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
11579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11581 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
11582 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11584 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
11588 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11589 ;;;;;; (19682 26290))
11590 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11592 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
11593 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11594 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11596 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
11600 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11601 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19629 41197))
11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11604 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
11605 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11609 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
11610 Install the sync hooks.
11616 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11617 ;;;;;; (19626 28928))
11618 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11620 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
11621 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11623 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
11627 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19677 58077))
11628 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11630 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
11631 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11633 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11634 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11635 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11637 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11638 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11639 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11641 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11642 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11644 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11645 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11647 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11649 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
11653 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11654 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19379
11656 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11658 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
11660 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
11661 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11662 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11663 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11664 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11666 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
11668 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
11669 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11670 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11672 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11673 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11675 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11676 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11679 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
11681 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11682 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11686 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
11687 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11693 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve) "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el"
11694 ;;;;;; (19626 28928))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
11697 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
11698 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
11699 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
11701 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11706 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11707 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19686 22639))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11710 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
11711 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11713 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
11715 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
11716 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11717 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11718 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11719 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11721 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11722 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11723 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11725 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
11727 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
11728 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11729 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11730 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11731 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11733 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
11735 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
11736 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11738 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
11740 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil
(setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil
) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil
(- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil
1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
11741 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11743 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
11744 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11745 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11747 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
11748 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11749 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11751 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
11752 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11753 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11754 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11756 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
11757 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11758 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11759 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11760 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11762 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11764 (defvar grep-history nil
)
11766 (defvar grep-find-history nil
)
11768 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
11769 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11770 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11774 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
11779 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
11780 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11784 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
11785 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11786 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11787 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11790 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11791 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11793 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11794 can easily repeat a grep command.
11796 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11797 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11798 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11801 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11803 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
11804 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11805 Collect output in a buffer.
11806 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11807 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11809 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11810 easily repeat a find command.
11812 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
11814 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
11816 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
11817 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11818 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11819 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11820 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11822 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11823 before it is executed.
11824 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11826 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11827 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11828 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11830 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11832 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11834 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
11835 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11836 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11837 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11838 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11840 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11841 before it is executed.
11842 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11844 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
11845 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11846 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11848 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
11850 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
11852 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
11853 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
11854 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
11855 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
11857 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
11859 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
11863 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19379 23432))
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11866 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
11867 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11868 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11869 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11870 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11872 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
11877 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19612 6522))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11880 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
11881 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11882 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11883 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11885 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11887 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
11888 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11889 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11890 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11892 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11894 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
11895 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11896 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11897 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11899 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11901 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
11902 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11903 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11904 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11906 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11907 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11909 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11911 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
11912 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11913 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11914 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11916 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11918 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
11919 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11920 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11921 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11923 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11925 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
11926 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11927 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11928 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11929 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11931 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11932 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11933 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11934 original source file access method.
11936 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11937 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11939 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11940 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
11942 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
11943 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
11947 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
11948 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
11949 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
11950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
11952 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
11954 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
11956 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
11957 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
11959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11963 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19379
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11967 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
11968 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11969 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11970 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11972 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11973 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11974 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11975 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11982 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11985 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
11986 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11988 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
11990 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
11991 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11992 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11993 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11995 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11999 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12000 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12001 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12002 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12009 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12010 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12011 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19635 41857))
12012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12014 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
12015 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12019 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12020 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12021 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12025 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
12026 Verify a hashcash payment
12028 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
12030 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
12031 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12032 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12033 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12034 `mail-add-payment-async').
12036 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
12038 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
12039 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12040 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12041 Calculation is asynchronous.
12043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12045 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
12046 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12047 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12054 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12055 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12056 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19379 23432))
12057 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12059 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12060 Return the help-echo string at point.
12061 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12062 property, or nil, is returned.
12063 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12064 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12065 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12067 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
12069 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
12070 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12071 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12072 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12073 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12077 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
12078 Display local help in the echo area.
12079 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12080 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12081 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12084 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12085 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12086 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12090 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12091 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12092 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12096 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
12097 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12098 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12102 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
12103 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12104 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12105 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12106 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12107 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12108 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12109 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12110 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12111 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12112 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12114 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12115 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12116 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12117 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12118 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12120 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12121 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12122 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12123 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12124 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12125 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12126 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12127 The default is `never'.")
12129 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
12131 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12132 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12133 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12134 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12135 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12136 considered different regions.
12138 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12139 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12140 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12141 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12142 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12143 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12144 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12145 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12146 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12148 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
12150 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12151 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12152 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12153 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12156 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12157 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12158 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12159 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12160 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12161 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12162 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12163 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12165 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12166 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12167 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12168 rarely happens in practice.
12170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12172 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
12173 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12174 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12175 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12176 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12177 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12184 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12185 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12186 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19651 9126))
12187 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12189 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
12190 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12192 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
12194 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12195 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12196 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12198 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
12200 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
12201 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12202 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12203 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12204 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12205 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12206 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12207 search for a function definition.
12209 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12210 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12211 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12212 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12213 suitable file is found, return nil.
12215 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
12217 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
12220 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
12222 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
12223 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12224 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12225 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12227 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12229 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
12230 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12231 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12232 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12233 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12234 it is displayed along with the global value.
12236 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
12238 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
12239 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12240 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12241 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12243 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12245 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
12246 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12247 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12248 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12249 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12251 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12253 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
12254 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12258 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
12259 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12266 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12269 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
12270 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12271 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12272 window listing and describing the options.
12273 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12274 gives the window that lists the options.")
12276 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
12280 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12281 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12282 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19636
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12286 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
12287 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12288 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12294 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
12299 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
12304 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
12305 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12307 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12308 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12309 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12310 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12312 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12313 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12314 restore it properly when going back.
12316 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
12318 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
12319 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12320 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12322 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12323 exists, it is created.
12327 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
12328 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12330 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12331 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12332 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12333 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12334 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12335 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12336 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12337 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12339 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12340 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12341 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12342 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12344 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12345 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12348 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
12350 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12351 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12352 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12353 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12354 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12355 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12357 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12359 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
12360 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12361 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12362 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12363 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12365 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
12367 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
12368 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12370 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
12374 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12375 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19578 56905))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12378 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
12379 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12383 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
12384 Provide help for current mode.
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12391 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19648 1980))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12394 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
12395 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12396 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12397 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12398 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12400 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12401 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12403 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12404 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12405 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12406 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12408 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12409 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12412 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12417 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12418 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12419 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12420 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12421 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12422 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12423 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12424 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12425 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12426 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12427 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12428 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12429 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12430 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12431 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12433 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12434 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12435 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12437 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12440 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12442 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12443 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12444 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12446 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12447 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12448 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12450 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12451 into the buffer at the current point.
12453 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12454 into the buffer at the current point.
12456 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12457 into the buffer at the current point.
12459 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12461 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12462 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12464 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12466 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12470 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
12471 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12472 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12473 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12475 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
12477 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
12478 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12479 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12485 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12486 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12487 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12488 ;;;;;; (19635 38402))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12491 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12492 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12494 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12495 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12496 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12497 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12498 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12499 called interactively, are:
12501 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12502 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12504 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12505 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12506 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12507 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12509 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12510 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12512 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12513 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12515 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12516 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12517 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12518 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12519 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12520 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12521 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12522 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12523 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12524 function returns t.
12526 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12527 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12529 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12530 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12533 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12534 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12535 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12536 Patterns will be read until
12538 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12542 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
12543 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12544 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12547 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12549 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
12551 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
12552 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12553 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12555 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12556 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12557 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12561 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
12563 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12564 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12566 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12567 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12568 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12569 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12570 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12572 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12574 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
12576 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12577 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12579 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12580 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12581 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12582 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12583 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12585 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12587 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
12589 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12590 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12592 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12593 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12595 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
12597 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
12599 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
12600 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12602 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12603 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12604 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12605 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12606 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12608 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
12610 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
12611 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12613 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12614 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12615 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12621 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12622 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12625 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
12626 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12627 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12628 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12629 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12630 how the hiding is done:
12633 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12634 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12637 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12638 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12639 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12640 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12641 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12644 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12645 #endif lines when hiding.
12647 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12648 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12651 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12652 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12653 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12655 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12661 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12662 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12665 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
12666 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12667 Each element has the form
12668 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12670 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12671 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12673 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12674 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12676 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12677 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12678 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12679 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12680 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12681 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12683 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12684 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12686 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12687 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12689 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12690 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12691 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12693 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
12694 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12695 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12696 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12697 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12699 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12700 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12701 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12703 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12704 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12706 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12709 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12713 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
12714 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12720 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12721 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12722 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12723 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12724 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19630
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12728 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12729 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12731 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12733 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12734 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12735 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12738 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12739 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12740 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12741 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12742 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12743 through various faces.
12744 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12745 buffer with the contents of a file
12746 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12750 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12751 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12753 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12754 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12755 in a distinctive face.
12757 The default value can be customized with variable
12758 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12760 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12764 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
12765 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12766 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12768 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
12770 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12771 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12775 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
12776 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12780 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
12781 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12783 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12784 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12785 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12786 shown in the last face in the list.
12788 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12789 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12790 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12792 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12796 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
12797 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12799 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12801 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12804 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12805 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12807 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12808 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12809 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12811 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
12813 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
12814 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12816 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12817 this function is called interactively.
12819 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12820 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12821 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12823 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12824 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12825 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12827 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
12829 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
12830 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12831 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12834 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12836 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
12838 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
12839 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12840 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12842 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12843 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12844 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
12846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12850 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12851 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12852 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12853 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12854 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19675 9114))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12857 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
12858 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12859 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12860 or insert functions in this list.")
12862 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
12864 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t
"\
12865 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12867 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose
"hippie-exp" t
)
12869 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil
"\
12870 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12872 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
"hippie-exp" t
)
12874 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t
"\
12875 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12877 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol
"hippie-exp" t
)
12879 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t
"\
12880 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12882 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction
"hippie-exp" t
)
12884 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil
"\
12885 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12886 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12888 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
12890 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
(list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode
) "\
12891 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12892 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12895 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
12897 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil
"\
12898 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12899 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12900 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12901 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12903 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers
"hippie-exp" t
)
12905 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
12906 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12907 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12908 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12909 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12911 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12912 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12913 undoes the expansion.
12917 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
12918 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12919 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12920 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12922 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil
(quote macro
))
12926 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12927 ;;;;;; (19520 54552))
12928 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12930 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
12931 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12932 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12934 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12935 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12936 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12937 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12938 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12940 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12941 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12942 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12943 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12947 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
12948 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12949 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12952 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12954 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
12956 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
12957 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12958 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12960 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12961 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12967 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
12968 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
12969 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
12970 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
12971 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19662 54456))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12974 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
12976 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
12977 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
12978 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
12980 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
12982 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
12984 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
12986 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
12988 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
12990 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
12992 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
12994 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
12996 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
12998 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13000 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13002 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13004 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13006 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13007 User defined holidays.
13008 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13010 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13012 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13014 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13015 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13017 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
13019 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13020 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13022 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
13024 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13025 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13027 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
13029 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13030 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13032 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
13034 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
13036 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13038 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13040 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13042 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13044 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
13046 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13047 Christian holidays.
13048 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13050 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13052 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13054 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
13056 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13058 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13060 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13062 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13064 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
13066 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13070 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13072 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13074 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
13076 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
13077 Sun-related holidays.
13078 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13080 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13082 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13084 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13086 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
13087 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13088 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13089 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13093 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
13094 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13095 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13096 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13097 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13099 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13100 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13102 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13103 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13105 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13106 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13107 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13108 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13111 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13113 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
13115 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
13119 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19583
13121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13123 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
13124 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13130 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13131 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19630 57790))
13132 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13134 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
13135 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13136 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13137 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13140 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13141 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13144 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13145 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13147 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13148 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13149 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13151 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
13153 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
13154 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13155 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13157 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13159 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
13163 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13164 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19578
13166 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13168 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
13169 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13171 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13172 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13173 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13175 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13176 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13177 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13178 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13179 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13180 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13182 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13183 title of the column.
13185 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13186 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13187 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13188 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13189 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13191 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13193 (put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
13195 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13196 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13197 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13198 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13199 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13201 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13202 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13203 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13205 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13207 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13209 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
13210 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13211 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13212 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13213 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13214 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13216 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13217 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13218 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13219 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13220 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13221 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13222 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13223 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13225 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13226 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13227 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13228 buffer's modification flag.
13229 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13230 prompted before performing this operation.
13231 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13232 operation is complete, in the form:
13233 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13234 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13235 confirmation message, in the form:
13236 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13237 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13238 macro for exactly what it does.
13240 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13242 (put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13244 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
13245 Define a filter named NAME.
13246 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13247 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13248 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13250 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13251 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13252 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13253 bound to the current value of the filter.
13255 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
13257 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13261 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13262 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19632 54888))
13263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13265 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
13266 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13267 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13268 buffers which are visiting a file.
13270 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13272 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
13273 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13274 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13275 buffers which are visiting a file.
13277 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
13279 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
13280 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13281 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13283 All arguments are optional.
13284 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13285 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13286 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13287 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13288 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13289 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13290 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13291 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13292 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13293 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13294 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13295 that value locally in this buffer.
13297 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
13301 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13302 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13303 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19578 56905))
13304 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13306 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
13307 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13308 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13309 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13311 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13313 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
13314 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13315 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13316 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13318 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13319 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13320 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13322 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
13324 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
13325 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13326 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13327 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13328 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13329 non-marking or not.
13331 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13333 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
13334 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13336 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13337 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13340 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13341 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13342 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13344 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13347 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13348 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13349 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13351 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
13355 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19407
13357 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13359 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
13360 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13361 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13363 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13364 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13366 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
13368 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
13369 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13370 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13371 otherwise turn it off.
13373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13377 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19669 58161))
13378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13380 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
13381 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13382 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13383 Tab indents for Icon code.
13384 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13385 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13387 Variables controlling indentation style:
13388 icon-tab-always-indent
13389 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13390 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13392 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13393 inserted in Icon code.
13395 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13396 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13397 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13398 icon-continued-statement-offset
13399 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13400 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13401 icon-continued-brace-offset
13402 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13403 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13405 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13406 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13407 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13408 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13410 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13411 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13417 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13418 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
13419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13421 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
13422 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13423 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13424 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13426 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13427 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13430 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13431 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13433 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13434 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13435 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13439 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
13443 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13444 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13447 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
13448 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13450 The main features of this mode are
13452 1. Indentation and Formatting
13453 --------------------------
13454 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13455 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13457 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13458 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13459 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13460 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13462 Comments are indented as follows:
13464 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13465 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13466 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13468 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13470 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13471 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13472 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13473 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13474 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13475 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13477 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13478 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13479 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13480 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13484 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13485 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13486 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13487 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13488 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13489 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13490 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13491 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13492 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13493 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13498 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13499 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13500 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13501 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13505 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13506 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13507 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13508 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13509 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13512 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13513 --------------------------------
13514 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13515 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13517 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13518 \\fu FUNCTION template
13519 \\c CASE statement template
13520 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13521 \\f FOR loop template
13522 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13523 \\w WHILE loop template
13524 \\i IF statement template
13525 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13528 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13529 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13531 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13532 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13533 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13534 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13536 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13537 -------------------------
13538 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13539 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13541 7. Automatic END completion
13542 ------------------------
13543 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13544 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13548 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13549 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13551 9. Documentation and Customization
13552 -------------------------------
13553 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13554 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13555 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13556 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13557 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13561 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13562 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13563 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13565 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13571 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13572 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13573 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13574 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13575 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13576 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13577 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13578 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19606
13580 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13582 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
13583 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13584 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13585 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13587 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13588 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13589 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13592 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13594 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
13596 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
13597 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13598 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13599 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13600 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13601 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13602 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13603 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13604 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13608 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
13609 Switch to another buffer.
13610 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13611 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13614 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13615 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13616 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13617 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13618 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13620 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13621 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13623 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13624 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13626 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13627 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13628 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13629 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13630 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13631 in a separate window.
13632 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13633 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13634 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13635 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13636 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13637 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13638 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13639 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13640 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13644 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
13645 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13646 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13647 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13651 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
13652 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13653 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13658 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
13660 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13661 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13665 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
13666 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13667 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13668 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13672 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
13673 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13674 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13679 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
13680 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13684 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
13685 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13686 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13687 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13688 visible in another frame.
13690 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13691 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13692 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13693 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13694 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13695 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13697 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13698 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13700 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13701 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13703 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13704 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13705 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13706 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13707 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13708 in a separate window.
13709 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13710 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13711 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13712 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13713 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13714 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13715 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13716 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13717 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13718 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13719 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13720 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13721 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13722 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13723 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13727 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
13728 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13734 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
13735 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
13742 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13743 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13744 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13748 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
13749 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13755 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
13756 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13762 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
13763 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
13770 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13776 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
13777 Write current buffer to a file.
13778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13783 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
13784 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13790 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
13791 Call `dired' the ido way.
13792 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13797 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
13798 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13799 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13800 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13801 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13802 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13804 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
13806 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
13807 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13808 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13809 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13811 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
13813 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
13814 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13815 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13816 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13818 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
13820 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
13821 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13822 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13823 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13824 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13825 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13826 with `completing-read'.
13827 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13828 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13829 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13830 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13831 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13832 with point positioned at the end.
13833 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13834 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13836 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil
)
13840 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19379 23432))
13841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13842 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*ielm*"))
13844 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
13845 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13846 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13852 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19629 41197))
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13855 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
13857 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
13858 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13864 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
13865 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
13866 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
13867 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
13868 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
13869 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
13870 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
13871 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19456 17095))
13872 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
13874 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
13875 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
13876 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
13877 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
13878 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
13879 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
13881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13883 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
13884 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
13886 Convenience command that:
13888 - Opens dired in folder DIR
13889 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
13890 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
13892 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
13893 image files in dired and type
13894 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
13896 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
13898 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
13899 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
13901 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13903 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
13904 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
13905 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
13906 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
13907 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
13910 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
13911 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
13912 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
13914 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
13915 instead of erasing it first.
13917 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
13918 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
13919 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
13920 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
13921 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
13922 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
13924 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
13926 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
13927 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
13928 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
13929 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
13934 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
13936 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
13938 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
13939 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
13943 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
13944 Remove tag for selected file(s).
13945 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
13949 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
13950 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
13954 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
13955 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
13956 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
13957 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
13961 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
13962 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
13966 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
13967 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
13971 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
13972 Display file at point using an external viewer.
13976 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
13977 Display current image file.
13978 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
13979 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
13981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13983 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
13984 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
13988 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
13989 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
13990 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
13991 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
13992 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
13993 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
13994 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
13998 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
13999 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14000 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14007 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14008 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14009 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19379 23432))
14010 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14012 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14013 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14014 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14015 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14017 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14018 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14019 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14020 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14022 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
14024 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
14025 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14026 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14027 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14029 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14030 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14031 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14032 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14034 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
14036 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
14037 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14041 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
14042 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14043 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14044 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14046 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
14048 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
14049 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14050 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14053 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14055 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
14057 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
14058 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14059 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14060 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14062 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14063 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14064 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14070 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14071 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19612 6522))
14072 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14074 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
14075 Major mode for image files.
14076 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14077 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14081 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
14082 Toggle Image minor mode.
14083 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14084 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14085 to display an image file as the actual image.
14087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14089 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
14090 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14091 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14092 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14093 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14094 to display an image file as the actual image.
14096 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14097 to display an image file as text initially.
14099 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14104 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
14107 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14112 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19612 6522))
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14115 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
14116 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14118 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14120 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14121 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14124 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14126 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14127 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14128 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14130 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
14132 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
14133 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14135 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14136 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14137 pattern's structure.
14139 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14140 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14141 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14143 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
14145 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
14147 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
14148 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14150 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14151 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14152 called within a `save-excursion'.
14154 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14156 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
14158 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
14159 Function for finding the next index position.
14161 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14162 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14163 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14166 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14167 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14169 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
14171 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
14172 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14174 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14175 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14176 It should return the name for that index item.")
14178 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
14180 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
14181 Function to compare string with index item.
14183 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14184 non-nil if they match.
14186 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14187 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14188 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14189 arguments match\".")
14191 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
14193 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
14194 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14195 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14197 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
14198 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
14200 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
14202 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
14204 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
14205 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14206 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14207 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14211 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
14212 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14214 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14218 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
14219 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14220 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14221 for more information.
14223 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
14227 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14228 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14229 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19379 23432))
14230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14232 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
14233 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14237 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
14240 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
14242 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14245 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
14247 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
14250 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
14252 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
14253 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14255 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
14259 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14260 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14261 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19634 57717))
14262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14264 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
(purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14265 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14266 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14267 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14268 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14270 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp
"inf-lisp" t
)
14272 (defvar inferior-lisp-program
(purecopy "lisp") "\
14273 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14275 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program
"inf-lisp" t
)
14277 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command
(purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14278 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14279 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14280 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14281 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14282 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14283 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14284 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14286 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command
"inf-lisp" t
)
14288 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt
(purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14289 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14290 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14291 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14292 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14294 This variable is only used if the variable
14295 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14297 More precise choices:
14298 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14299 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14302 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14304 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt
"inf-lisp" t
)
14306 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook
'nil
"\
14307 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14309 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
14310 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14311 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14313 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14314 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14315 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14316 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14319 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names
(purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14321 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
14325 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14326 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14327 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14328 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14329 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14332 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
14333 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14335 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
14336 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps
(purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14337 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14339 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
14340 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14341 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14342 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14343 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14344 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14345 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14346 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14347 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14348 with the top-level Info directory.
14350 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14351 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14352 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14353 appended to the Info buffer name.
14355 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14356 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14357 in all the directories in that path.
14359 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14361 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
14363 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
14364 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14368 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
14369 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14370 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14371 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14375 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
14376 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14377 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14378 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14380 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
14382 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
14383 Go to the Info directory node.
14387 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
14388 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14389 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14390 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14391 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14392 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14394 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
14396 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
14397 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14398 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14400 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
14402 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
14403 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14404 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14405 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14406 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14408 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
14410 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
14411 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14412 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14413 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14414 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14416 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14417 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14419 Selecting other nodes:
14420 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14421 Follow a node reference you click on.
14422 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14423 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14424 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14425 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14426 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14427 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14428 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14429 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14430 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14431 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14432 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14433 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14434 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14435 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14436 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14437 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14438 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14439 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14440 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14441 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14443 Moving within a node:
14444 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14445 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14446 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14447 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14448 move up to the parent node.
14449 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14450 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14452 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14455 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14456 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14457 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14458 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14459 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14460 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14461 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14462 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14463 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14464 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14465 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14466 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14467 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14468 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14469 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14470 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14473 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14475 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
14476 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14477 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14478 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14479 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14480 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14482 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
14483 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
14485 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
14486 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14488 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14489 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14490 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14491 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14495 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
14496 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14497 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14501 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
14502 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14503 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14505 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
14509 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14510 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14511 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
14512 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14514 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
14515 Throw away all cached data.
14516 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14517 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14521 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
14523 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
14524 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14525 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14526 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14527 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14528 one found at point.
14530 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14532 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14533 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
14535 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
14536 Display the documentation of a file.
14537 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14538 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14539 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14540 The default file name is the one found at point.
14542 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14544 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14546 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
14547 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14549 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14551 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
14552 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14554 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
14558 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14559 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19379 23432))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14562 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
14563 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14565 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
14567 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
14568 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14569 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14573 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
14574 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14575 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14577 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14578 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14585 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14586 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19379 23432))
14587 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14589 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
14590 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14592 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
14594 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
14595 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14597 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
14599 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
14600 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14601 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14602 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14604 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14605 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14606 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14608 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14609 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14610 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14611 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14615 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
14616 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14617 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14621 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
14622 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14623 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14624 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14625 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14631 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14632 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14633 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
14634 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14636 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14637 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14641 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
14642 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14646 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
14649 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
14653 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19379
14655 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14657 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
14658 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14659 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14660 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14661 accessed via isearchb.
14667 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14668 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14669 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14670 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19379 23432))
14671 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14673 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
14674 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14675 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14676 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
14677 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14679 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14681 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
14682 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14683 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
14684 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
14685 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14687 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14689 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
14690 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14691 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14692 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
14693 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14695 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14697 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14698 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14699 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14700 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
14701 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14703 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14705 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14706 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14707 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14708 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
14709 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14711 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14713 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
14714 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14715 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14716 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
14717 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14719 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14721 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
14722 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
14723 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
14724 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
14725 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14727 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14729 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
14730 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14731 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14732 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14734 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14736 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
14737 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14738 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14739 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14741 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
14743 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
14744 Warn that format is read-only.
14746 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
14748 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
14749 Warn that format is write-only.
14751 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
14753 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
14754 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14761 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14763 (or key-translation-map
(setq key-translation-map
(make-sparse-keymap)))
14764 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
14765 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
14769 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14770 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14771 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14772 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
14773 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19675 9114))
14774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14776 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
14778 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
14779 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14780 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
14781 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
14782 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
14784 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
14786 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
14788 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
14789 Key map for ispell menu.")
14791 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
14792 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14793 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14794 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14796 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
14798 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14800 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14802 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
14804 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14805 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14806 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14807 Valid forms include:
14808 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14809 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14810 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14811 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14813 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14814 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14815 First list is used raw.
14816 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14818 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14819 for skipping in latex mode.")
14821 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
14822 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14823 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
14824 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14825 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14826 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
14827 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
14829 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
14830 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14831 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14832 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14834 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14835 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14836 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14837 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14838 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14840 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14841 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14843 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
14844 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
14846 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14847 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14849 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14850 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14853 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14854 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14855 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14856 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14857 quit spell session exited.
14859 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
14861 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
14862 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14863 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14865 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
14867 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
14868 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14872 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14873 SPC: Accept word this time.
14874 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14875 `a': Accept word for this session.
14876 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14877 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14878 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14879 `?': Show these commands.
14880 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14881 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14882 the aborted check to be completed later.
14883 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14884 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14885 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14886 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14887 `C-l': Redraw screen.
14888 `C-r': Recursive edit.
14889 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
14893 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
14894 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14895 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil
)
14899 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
14900 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14901 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14902 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14904 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14906 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14908 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
14909 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14910 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14911 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14913 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
14915 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
14916 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14920 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
14921 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14925 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
14926 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14930 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
14931 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14932 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14933 sequence inside of a word.
14935 Standard ispell choices are then available.
14937 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
14939 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
14940 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
14944 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
14945 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
14946 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
14947 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
14949 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
14950 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
14951 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
14952 available on the net.
14956 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
14957 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
14958 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
14959 otherwise turn it off.
14961 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
14962 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
14964 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
14965 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
14967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14969 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
14970 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
14971 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
14972 Don't check included messages.
14974 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
14975 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
14976 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
14978 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
14979 in your .emacs file:
14980 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
14981 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
14982 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
14983 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
14985 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
14986 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
14987 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
14993 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19657
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
14997 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
14998 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
14999 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15001 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15002 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15004 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
15006 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
15007 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15008 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15009 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15010 `iswitchb' for details.
15012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15016 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15017 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15018 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15019 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19379 23432))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15022 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
15027 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
15028 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15029 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15030 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15031 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15032 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15033 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15034 necessary to represent OBJ.
15036 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
15038 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
15039 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15040 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15041 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15043 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15045 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
15046 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15047 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15048 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15049 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15051 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
15053 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
15054 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15055 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15056 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15058 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
15060 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
15061 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15062 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15063 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15065 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
15067 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
15068 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15070 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15072 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15073 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15074 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15075 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15076 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15078 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
15080 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
15081 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15082 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15083 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15084 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15086 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
15088 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
15089 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15090 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15092 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
15096 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15097 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19455 29789))
15098 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15100 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
15101 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15102 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15103 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15105 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
15108 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
15110 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
15111 Uninstall jka-compr.
15112 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15113 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15114 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15120 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19671 21337))
15121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15123 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
15124 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15132 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
15136 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15137 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15138 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
15139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15141 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
15142 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15143 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15144 decimal key must be specified.")
15146 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15148 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
15149 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15150 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15151 decimal key must be specified.")
15153 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15155 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
15156 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15157 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15158 decimal key must be specified.")
15160 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15162 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
15163 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15164 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15165 decimal key must be specified.")
15167 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
15169 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
15170 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15171 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15172 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15173 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15177 -------------------------------------------------------------
15178 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15179 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15180 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15181 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15182 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15183 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15184 in the global and local keymaps.
15186 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15187 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15189 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
15193 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15194 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
15195 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15197 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
15198 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15199 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15201 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15202 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15203 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15204 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15207 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15208 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15209 the context of text formatting.
15211 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
15215 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19611
15217 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15219 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
15220 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15221 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15222 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15223 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15224 positions that contains the current selection.")
15226 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
15227 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15228 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15229 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15230 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15231 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15232 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15234 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15238 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15239 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15240 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15241 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19492 29282))
15242 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15243 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
15244 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
15245 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
15246 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15247 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15248 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15249 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15251 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15252 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15254 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15256 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15257 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15258 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15259 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15260 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15262 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15264 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15265 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15266 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15268 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15269 defining the macro.
15271 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15272 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15273 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15275 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15276 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15280 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15281 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15282 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15283 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15284 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15287 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15288 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15289 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15293 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15294 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15295 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15297 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15298 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15299 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15300 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15302 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15303 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15305 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15307 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15308 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15309 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15311 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15314 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15315 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15317 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15318 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15319 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15321 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15322 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15326 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15327 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15328 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15329 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15333 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15334 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15335 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15336 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15338 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15339 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15341 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15343 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15344 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15345 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15347 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15351 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15352 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19379 23432))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15355 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15356 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15357 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15359 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15366 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15367 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
15368 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15370 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15372 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15373 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15377 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15379 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15380 Start or resume an Lm game.
15381 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15382 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15384 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15385 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15386 none / 1 | yes | no
15391 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15392 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15393 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15399 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15400 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15401 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19379 23432))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15404 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15407 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15409 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15410 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15411 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15412 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15413 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15414 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15416 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15417 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15419 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15421 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15422 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15424 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15426 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15429 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15431 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15434 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15438 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15439 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15440 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19379 23432))
15441 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15443 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15444 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15445 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15446 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15448 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15450 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15451 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15452 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15454 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15456 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15457 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15458 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15462 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15463 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15464 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15465 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15467 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15471 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15472 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19379 23432))
15473 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15475 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15476 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15477 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15478 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15479 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15480 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15481 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15482 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15484 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15485 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15487 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15488 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15490 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15492 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15493 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15494 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15495 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15496 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15497 `latin1-display-setup'.
15499 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15501 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15502 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15503 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15504 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15507 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15509 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15513 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15514 ;;;;;; (19611 13362))
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15517 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15518 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15524 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15525 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
15526 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15528 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15529 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15531 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15532 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15534 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15535 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15537 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15538 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15539 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15540 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15541 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15542 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15543 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15544 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15545 and transmit saved text.
15548 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15549 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15553 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19669 58161))
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15563 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15564 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15565 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15566 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15567 generations (this defaults to 1).
15569 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15573 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15574 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19578 56905))
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15577 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15578 Format used to display line numbers.
15579 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15580 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15581 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15582 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15584 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15586 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15587 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15591 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15592 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15593 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15596 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15598 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15600 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15601 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15602 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15604 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15605 `linum-on' would do it.
15606 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15612 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19379
15614 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15616 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15617 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15618 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15619 is nil, raise an error.
15621 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15622 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15623 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15624 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15625 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15626 defined by the library.
15628 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15629 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15630 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15631 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15632 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15635 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15636 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15637 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15638 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15640 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15644 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15645 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19675 9114))
15646 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15648 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
15649 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15650 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15652 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
15654 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
15655 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15656 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
15657 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
15659 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
15660 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
15661 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
15662 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
15663 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
15664 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
15667 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
15668 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
15670 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
15671 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
15673 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
15674 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
15676 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
15678 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
15679 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
15680 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
15681 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
15682 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
15683 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
15684 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
15685 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
15686 to constrain a big search.
15688 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
15690 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
15691 except that FILTER is not optional.
15693 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19657 41085))
15698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
15700 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
15701 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15702 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
15704 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15705 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
15706 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15707 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15708 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15710 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
15711 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
15712 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
15713 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
15714 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
15716 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15717 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15718 uses the current buffer.
15720 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15724 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19633
15726 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
15728 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
15729 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15735 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19379
15737 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15739 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
15740 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15741 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15742 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15743 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15745 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15746 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15747 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15749 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15750 are indicated with a symbol.
15752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15757 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19451
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15761 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
15763 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
15765 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
15766 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15767 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15769 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15770 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15772 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15773 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15774 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15775 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15776 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15777 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15778 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15780 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
15782 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15783 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15784 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15785 switch on this list.
15786 See `lpr-command'.")
15788 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
15790 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
15791 Name of program for printing a file.
15793 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15794 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15795 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15796 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15797 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15798 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15801 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
15803 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
15804 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15805 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15806 for customization of the printer command.
15810 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
15811 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15813 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15814 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15815 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15816 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15818 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15819 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15821 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15822 for further customization of the printer command.
15826 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
15827 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15828 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15829 for customization of the printer command.
15831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15833 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
15834 Paginate and print the region contents.
15836 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15837 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15838 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15839 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15841 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15842 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15844 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15845 for further customization of the printer command.
15847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19578
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15855 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
15856 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15857 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
15858 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15862 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
15866 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19379
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15870 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
15871 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15878 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15879 ;;;;;; (19577 43088))
15880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15882 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
15883 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15884 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15885 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15886 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15888 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15892 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15893 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19578 56905))
15894 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15896 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
15897 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15898 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15899 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15900 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
15902 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15904 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
15905 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
15906 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
15907 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
15909 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
15910 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
15911 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
15912 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
15915 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
15916 use this command, and then save the file.
15918 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
15921 Query user during kbd macro execution.
15922 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
15923 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
15924 each time the macro executes.
15925 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
15926 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
15927 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
15928 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
15929 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
15930 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
15931 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
15935 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
15936 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
15937 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
15938 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
15940 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
15941 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
15942 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
15945 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
15946 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
15948 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
15949 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
15950 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
15951 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
15952 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
15954 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
15957 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
15958 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
15959 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
15961 You could enter the names in this format:
15967 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
15970 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
15973 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
15974 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
15976 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
15977 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
15981 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
15982 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19669 58161))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
15985 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
15986 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
15987 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
15988 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
15989 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
15990 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
15992 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
15993 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
15994 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
15995 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
15996 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
15998 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
15999 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16000 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16003 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16005 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16006 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16008 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16012 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16013 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16014 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16017 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16018 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16022 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16027 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16028 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16030 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16032 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16033 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16034 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16037 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16043 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16044 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16045 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16046 ;;;;;; (19635 38402))
16047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16049 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16050 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16051 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16052 often correct parser.")
16054 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16056 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16057 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16059 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16061 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16062 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16063 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16064 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16066 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16068 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16069 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16070 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16071 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16073 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16075 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16076 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16077 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16078 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16080 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16082 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16083 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16084 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16085 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16086 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16087 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16088 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16089 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16090 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16093 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16095 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16096 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16097 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16098 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16099 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16100 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16101 matches may be returned from the message body.
16103 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16107 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16108 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19379
16110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16112 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16113 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16114 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16116 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16117 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16119 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16121 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16122 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16126 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16127 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16131 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16132 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16133 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16135 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16137 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16138 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16139 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16141 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16142 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16143 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16146 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16150 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16151 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19379
16153 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16155 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16156 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16157 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16159 If `parens', they look like:
16160 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16161 If `angles', they look like:
16162 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16164 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16166 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16167 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16168 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16169 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16170 their `Resent-' variants.
16172 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16173 removed from alias expansions.
16175 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16177 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16178 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16179 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16181 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16182 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16183 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16184 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16186 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16188 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16189 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16190 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16191 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16197 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16198 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
16199 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16201 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16202 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16203 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16204 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16210 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16211 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16212 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19595 20656))
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16215 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16216 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16218 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16219 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16220 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16221 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16222 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16223 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16225 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16226 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16227 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16228 dependency, despite the colon.
16230 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16232 In the browser, use the following keys:
16234 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16236 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16238 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16239 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16241 `makefile-target-colon':
16242 The string that gets appended to all target names
16243 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16244 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16246 `makefile-macro-assign':
16247 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16248 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16249 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16250 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16251 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16252 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16254 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16255 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16256 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16258 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16259 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16261 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16262 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16263 up or down in the browser.
16265 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16266 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16268 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16269 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16271 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16272 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16273 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16274 has been selected in the browser.
16276 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16277 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16278 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16279 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16280 filenames are omitted.
16282 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16283 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16284 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16285 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16286 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16287 the backslash itself intact.
16288 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16289 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16291 `makefile-browser-hook':
16292 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16293 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16295 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16296 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16297 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16298 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16302 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16303 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16307 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16308 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16312 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16313 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16317 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16318 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16322 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16323 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16329 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19669
16331 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16333 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16334 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16335 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16341 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16342 ;;;;;; (19638 63299))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16345 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16347 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16348 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16349 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16350 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16351 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16352 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16353 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16354 page, it will display immediately.
16356 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16357 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16358 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16363 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16364 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16365 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16366 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16370 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16371 otherwise look like a page name.
16376 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16377 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16378 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16382 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16384 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16385 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16387 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16389 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
16390 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
16392 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
16396 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19379 23432))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16399 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16400 Toggle Master mode.
16401 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16402 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16403 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16405 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16406 following commands:
16408 \\{master-mode-map}
16410 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16411 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16412 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16418 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16419 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
16420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16422 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16423 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16424 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16427 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16429 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16431 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16432 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16433 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16434 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16435 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16437 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16438 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16444 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16445 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16446 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16447 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16448 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16449 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16450 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19677 58077))
16451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16453 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16455 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16456 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16457 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16458 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16459 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16460 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16461 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16462 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16463 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16464 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16465 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16466 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16467 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16468 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16469 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16470 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16471 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16472 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16473 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16474 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16475 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16476 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16477 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16478 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16479 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16480 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16481 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16482 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16483 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16484 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16485 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16486 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16487 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16488 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16489 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16490 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16491 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16492 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16496 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16497 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16498 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16499 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16500 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16502 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16504 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16505 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16507 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16509 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16510 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16512 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16514 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16515 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16517 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16519 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16520 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16521 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16523 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16525 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16526 Cancel an article you posted.
16527 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16531 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16532 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16533 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16534 header line with the old Message-ID.
16538 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16539 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16543 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16544 Forward the current message via mail.
16545 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16546 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16548 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16550 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16553 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16555 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16558 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16560 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16561 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16565 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16566 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16568 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16570 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16571 Re-mail the current message.
16572 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16573 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16578 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16579 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16581 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16583 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16584 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16586 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16588 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16589 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16591 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16593 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16594 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16596 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16598 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16599 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16600 Works by overstriking characters.
16601 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16602 which specify the range to operate on.
16604 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16606 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16607 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16608 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16609 which specify the range to operate on.
16611 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16615 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16616 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
16617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16619 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16620 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16624 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16625 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16629 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
16630 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16634 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16635 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16641 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16642 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16643 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16646 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
16647 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16648 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16652 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
16653 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16654 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16655 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16656 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16657 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16658 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16660 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16662 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
16663 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16664 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16665 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16666 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16668 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16669 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16671 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16673 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
16674 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16675 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16676 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16677 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16679 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16680 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16682 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16686 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
16687 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
16688 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19443 63936))
16689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16691 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
16692 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16693 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16697 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
16698 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
16699 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16703 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
16704 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
16706 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
16707 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
16708 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
16710 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
16711 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16713 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
16714 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
16716 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16718 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
16720 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
16721 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16722 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
16723 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
16724 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
16727 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16728 initial Subject field, respectively.
16730 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
16731 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
16734 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
16737 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16739 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
16740 Save draft and send message.
16742 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
16743 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
16744 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
16747 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
16748 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
16749 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
16751 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
16752 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
16753 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
16754 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
16755 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
16756 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
16758 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
16759 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
16761 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
16762 message and scan line.
16764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16766 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
16767 Quit editing and delete draft message.
16769 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
16770 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
16771 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
16772 delete the draft message.
16778 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19422 40643))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16781 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16783 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
16785 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
16787 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
16788 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16794 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
16795 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19379 23432))
16796 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
16798 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
16799 Incorporate new mail with MH.
16800 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16802 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16803 the MH mail system.
16805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16807 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
16808 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16809 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
16811 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
16812 the MH mail system.
16814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16816 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
16817 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
16819 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
16820 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
16821 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
16824 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16825 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
16826 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
16829 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
16833 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
16834 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
16835 can be used in several ways.
16837 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
16838 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
16839 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
16840 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
16844 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
16845 The range must be nonempty.
16850 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
16851 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
16858 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
16861 All of the messages.
16863 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
16864 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
16866 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
16867 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
16868 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
16870 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
16876 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
16877 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19379 23432))
16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
16880 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
16881 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
16882 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
16883 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
16884 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
16885 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
16886 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
16887 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
16888 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
16889 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
16890 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
16894 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
16895 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
16896 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
16897 to its second argument TM.
16899 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
16903 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
16904 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19379 23432))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
16907 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
16908 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
16909 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16912 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
16914 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
16916 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
16917 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
16918 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
16919 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
16920 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
16921 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
16922 default indication.
16924 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16925 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16931 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19669 58161))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
16934 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
16935 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
16936 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
16937 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
16938 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
16939 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
16940 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
16941 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
16942 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
16949 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
16950 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19379 23432))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
16952 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
16954 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
16955 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
16957 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
16958 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
16959 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
16962 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
16963 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
16964 end of the search space).
16966 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
16967 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
16968 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
16969 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
16970 should return the previous buffer to search.
16972 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
16973 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
16974 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
16976 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
16977 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
16978 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
16981 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
16982 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
16983 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
16985 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
16986 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
16987 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
16991 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
16992 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
16993 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
16994 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
16995 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
16996 whose names match the specified regexp.
16998 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17000 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17001 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17002 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17003 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17004 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17005 whose names match the specified regexp.
17007 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17009 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17010 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17011 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17012 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17013 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17014 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17015 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17017 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17019 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17020 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17021 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17022 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17023 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17024 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17025 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17027 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17031 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17032 ;;;;;; (19612 6522))
17033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17035 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17036 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17043 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17044 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19635 41857))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17047 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17048 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17050 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17052 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17053 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17054 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17055 the entire message.
17056 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17058 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17062 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17063 ;;;;;; (19606 36461))
17064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17066 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17067 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17068 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17069 the entire message.
17070 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17072 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17076 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17077 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19583 31640))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17080 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17081 Insert file contents of URL.
17082 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17084 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17086 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17087 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17089 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17093 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17094 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19583 31640))
17095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17097 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17098 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17099 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17100 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17101 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17103 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17105 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17106 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17107 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17109 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17113 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17114 ;;;;;; (19635 41857))
17115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17117 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17120 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17122 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17125 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17129 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17130 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17131 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19686 22639))
17132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17134 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17137 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17139 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17142 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17144 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17147 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17149 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17152 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17154 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17157 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17159 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17162 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17164 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17171 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19677
17173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17175 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17177 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17178 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17179 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17180 followed by the first character of the construct.
17182 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17183 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17184 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17185 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17186 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17187 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17188 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17189 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17190 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17191 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17192 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17193 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17194 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17197 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17198 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17199 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17205 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17206 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
17207 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17209 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17210 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17212 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17214 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17215 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17217 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17221 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17222 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19675 9114))
17223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17225 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17226 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17228 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17229 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17230 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17232 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17233 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17234 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17236 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17237 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17239 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17240 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17241 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17242 hemisphere you're in.)
17244 To test this function, evaluate:
17245 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17247 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17249 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17250 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17252 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17253 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17255 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17256 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17257 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17259 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17260 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17262 To test this function, evaluate:
17263 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17265 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17269 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19686
17271 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17273 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17274 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17275 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17278 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17280 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17282 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17283 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17284 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17285 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17287 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17289 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17291 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17293 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17294 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17295 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17296 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17297 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17298 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17300 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17301 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17302 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17303 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17304 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17306 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17307 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17309 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17310 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17312 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17314 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17315 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17316 primary selection and region.
17318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17322 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19379 23432))
17323 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17325 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17326 Main entry point for MPC.
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19634 57717))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17335 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17336 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17342 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19379 23432))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17345 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17346 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17347 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17350 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17352 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17354 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17356 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17357 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17358 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17364 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17365 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17366 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17367 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17368 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17369 ;;;;;; (19617 8027))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17372 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17373 Display a list of all character sets.
17375 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17376 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17377 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17378 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17379 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17381 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17382 but still shows the full information.
17386 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17387 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17388 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17390 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17391 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17392 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17393 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17394 meanings of these arguments.
17396 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17398 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17399 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17401 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17403 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17404 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17406 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17408 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17409 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17411 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17413 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17414 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17416 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17417 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17419 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17420 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17421 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17422 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17423 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17424 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17425 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17426 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17427 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17428 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17429 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17430 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17431 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17432 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17433 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17434 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17438 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17439 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17443 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17444 Display a list of all coding systems.
17445 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17447 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17448 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17452 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17453 Display a list of all coding categories.
17457 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17458 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17459 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17461 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17463 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17464 Display information about FONTSET.
17465 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17467 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17469 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17470 Display a list of all fontsets.
17471 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17472 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17473 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17477 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17478 Display information about all input methods.
17482 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17483 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17485 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17486 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17487 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17488 system which uses fontsets).
17492 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17493 Show log of font listing and opening.
17494 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17495 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17497 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17501 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17502 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17503 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17504 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17505 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17506 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19472 6950))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17509 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17510 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17511 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17513 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17515 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17517 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17518 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17520 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17521 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17523 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17524 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17526 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17528 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17529 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17530 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17531 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17532 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17533 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17534 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17536 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17537 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17538 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17539 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17540 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17541 middle of a character in STR.
17543 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17544 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17546 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17547 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17548 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17549 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17550 defaults to \"...\".
17552 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17554 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17555 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17557 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17558 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17559 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17561 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17562 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17563 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17565 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17566 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17567 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17569 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17570 longer than KEYSEQ.
17571 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17573 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17575 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17576 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17577 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17578 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17579 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17580 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17581 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17582 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17583 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17584 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17585 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17587 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17589 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17590 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17592 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17594 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17595 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17597 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17599 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17600 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17602 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17604 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17605 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17607 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17609 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17610 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17611 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17612 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17613 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17615 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17616 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17618 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17619 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17620 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17621 coding systems ordered by priority.
17623 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17625 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17626 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17627 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17628 language environment LANG-ENV.
17630 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17632 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
17633 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17634 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17635 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
17636 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
17637 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
17639 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17643 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17644 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17645 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
17646 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19675
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17650 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
17651 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
17655 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
17656 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
17660 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
17661 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
17665 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
17666 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
17670 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
17671 Run route and display diagnostic output.
17675 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
17676 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17678 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17680 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
17682 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17683 `ping-program-options'.
17687 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
17688 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17692 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
17693 Run nslookup program.
17697 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
17698 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17702 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
17707 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
17712 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
17713 Finger USER on HOST.
17715 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17717 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
17718 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17719 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17720 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17722 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17724 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
17729 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
17730 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17732 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17734 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
17735 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17737 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17741 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19621
17743 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
17745 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
17746 Return a user name/password pair.
17747 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
17748 listed in the PORTS list.
17750 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
17754 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17755 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
17756 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
17757 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
17758 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
17759 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19649 27409))
17760 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17762 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
17764 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
17766 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
17768 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
17770 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
17771 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17772 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17773 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17774 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17775 Major modes should set this variable.")
17777 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17778 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17779 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
17780 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17781 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
17782 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
17784 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
17785 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
17787 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17788 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17789 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17791 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17792 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17793 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17794 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17795 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17797 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17798 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17799 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17801 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
17802 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17803 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17804 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
17806 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
17807 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17808 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17809 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17810 column indentation or nil.
17811 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17813 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17814 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17815 The function has no args.
17817 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17818 comments always start in column zero.")
17820 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
17821 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17822 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17824 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
17826 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
17827 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17828 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17829 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17831 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17832 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17834 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
17836 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17837 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17838 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17839 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17840 customize this variable.
17842 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17843 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17845 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
17847 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
17848 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17849 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17850 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17851 the variables are properly set.
17853 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17855 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
17856 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17860 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
17861 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17862 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17864 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
17867 Set the comment column based on point.
17868 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17869 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17870 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17871 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17875 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
17876 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
17877 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17881 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17882 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17883 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17886 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17888 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
17889 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17890 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17891 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17892 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17894 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
17895 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
17896 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
17898 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
17899 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
17900 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
17901 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
17902 changed with `comment-style'.
17904 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17906 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
17907 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
17908 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
17909 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
17911 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17913 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
17914 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17915 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17916 is passed on to the respective function.
17918 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17920 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
17921 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17922 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17923 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17924 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17925 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
17926 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
17927 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17928 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17929 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
17933 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17934 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17935 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17937 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
17939 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
17940 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17941 This indents the body of the continued comment
17942 under the previous comment line.
17944 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17945 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17946 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17948 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17949 or comment indentation.
17951 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17952 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17954 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17958 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
17959 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19578 56905))
17960 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
17962 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
17963 Check whether newsticker is running.
17964 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
17965 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
17969 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
17970 Start the newsticker.
17971 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
17972 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
17973 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
17974 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
17976 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
17980 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
17981 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
17982 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
17984 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
17985 Start newsticker plainview.
17991 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
17992 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
17995 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
17996 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18002 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18003 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19578 56905))
18004 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18006 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18007 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18008 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18009 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18014 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18015 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18016 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18023 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18024 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
18025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18027 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18028 Start newsticker treeview.
18034 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18035 ;;;;;; (19665 17270))
18036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18038 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18039 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18041 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18045 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19662
18047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18049 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18050 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18051 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18052 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18053 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18054 symbol in the alist.
18056 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18061 ;;;;;; (19635 41857))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18064 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18065 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18066 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18072 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18073 ;;;;;; (19615 37479))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18076 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18077 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18079 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18084 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19686 22639))
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18087 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18088 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18089 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18091 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18093 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18096 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18098 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18099 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18100 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18101 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18102 to future sessions.
18104 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18106 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18107 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18108 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18109 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18110 to future sessions.
18112 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18116 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18117 ;;;;;; (19606 36461))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18120 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18121 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18123 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18124 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18125 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18131 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18132 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18135 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18136 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18137 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18138 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18140 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18144 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19652
18146 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18148 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18149 Major mode for editing XML.
18151 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18152 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18153 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18154 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18155 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18156 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18157 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18159 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18161 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18162 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18164 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18165 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18166 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18167 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18170 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18171 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18172 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18173 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18174 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18175 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18177 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18178 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18179 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18181 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18182 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18183 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18185 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18186 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18187 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18188 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18189 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18190 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18191 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18192 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18193 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18195 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18197 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18198 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18202 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18207 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19379 23432))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18210 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18211 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18212 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18213 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18219 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18220 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18221 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18222 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18223 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
18224 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
18225 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18226 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18227 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18228 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19681 9924))
18229 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18231 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18236 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18241 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18242 Conditionally expand a source block.
18243 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18244 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18248 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18249 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18250 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18251 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18255 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18256 Conditionally pop to a session.
18257 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18258 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18262 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18263 Execute the current source code block.
18264 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18265 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18266 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18268 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
18269 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
18272 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18273 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18275 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18276 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18279 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18281 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18282 Expand the current source code block.
18283 Expand according to the source code block's header
18284 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18286 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18288 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18289 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18290 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18291 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18294 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18296 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
18297 Initiate session for current code block.
18298 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
18299 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
18300 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
18302 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18304 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18305 Switch to the session of the current code block.
18306 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
18307 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
18308 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
18310 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18312 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
18313 Switch to code buffer and display session.
18315 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18317 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
18318 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
18319 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
18320 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
18321 results already exist.
18323 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
18325 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
18326 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
18327 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18328 the current buffer.
18330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18332 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
18333 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
18334 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18335 the current subtree.
18337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18339 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
18340 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
18342 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
18344 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
18345 Toggle visibility of result at point.
18349 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
18350 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
18354 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
18355 Go to a named source-code block.
18359 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
18360 Go to a named result.
18364 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
18365 Jump to the next source block.
18366 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
18368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18370 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
18371 Jump to the previous source block.
18372 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
18374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18376 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
18377 Mark current src block
18383 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
18384 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
18387 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
18388 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
18394 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
18395 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19681 9924))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
18398 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
18399 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
18400 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
18402 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
18404 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
18405 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
18406 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
18407 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
18411 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
18412 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
18419 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
18420 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
18423 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
18424 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
18425 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
18426 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
18427 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
18428 then the name of the language is used.")
18430 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
18432 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
18433 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
18434 This function exports the source code using
18435 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
18438 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18440 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
18441 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
18442 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
18443 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
18444 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
18445 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
18447 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18449 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
18450 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
18451 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
18452 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
18453 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
18454 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
18455 exported source code blocks by language.
18457 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18462 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18465 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18466 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18467 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18469 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18471 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18472 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18474 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18475 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18476 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18480 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18484 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18485 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
18486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18488 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18489 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18491 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18492 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18493 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18494 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18496 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18497 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18498 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18499 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18500 is why you need this mode!).
18502 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18503 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18504 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18506 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18511 \\{octave-mode-map}
18513 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18514 ==============================================
18516 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18517 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18518 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18520 `octave-block-offset'
18521 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18524 `octave-continuation-offset'
18525 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18528 `octave-continuation-string'
18529 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18530 Default is a backslash.
18532 `octave-send-echo-input'
18533 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18534 command to the inferior Octave process.
18536 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18537 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18538 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18540 `octave-send-echo-input'
18541 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18543 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18545 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18546 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18550 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18551 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18553 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18556 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18558 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18559 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18560 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18561 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18567 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18568 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
18569 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18570 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18571 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18572 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
18573 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
18574 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18576 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
18577 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
18579 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
18581 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18582 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18583 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18585 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18586 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18587 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18588 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18589 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18590 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18591 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18592 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18593 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18594 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18596 The following commands are available:
18602 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18604 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18605 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18606 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18607 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18611 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18612 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
18613 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
18614 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
18615 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
18616 defined by Org-mode).
18618 M-up Move entry/item up
18619 M-down Move entry/item down
18622 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18623 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18624 M-S-left Promote subtree
18625 M-S-right Demote subtree
18626 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18628 C-c - Cycle list bullet
18629 TAB Cycle item visibility
18630 M-RET Insert new heading/item
18631 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
18632 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
18634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18636 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
18637 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
18641 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
18642 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
18646 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
18647 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
18648 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
18649 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
18652 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
18654 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
18655 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18656 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
18657 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
18659 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18660 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
18661 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
18665 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
18666 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
18667 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
18671 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
18672 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
18673 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
18678 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
18679 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
18681 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
18683 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
18684 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
18686 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
18687 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
18688 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
18689 returned as a list.
18691 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
18692 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
18693 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
18694 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
18695 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
18696 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
18697 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
18698 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
18699 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
18702 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
18703 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
18704 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
18705 visited by the iteration.
18707 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
18709 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
18710 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
18711 file The current buffer, without restriction
18713 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
18714 agenda All agenda files
18715 agenda-with-archives
18716 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
18718 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
18720 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
18721 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
18723 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
18724 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
18725 function or Emacs Lisp form:
18726 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
18727 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
18728 entry and search will continue from the point where the
18729 function leaves it.
18731 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
18732 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
18733 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
18734 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
18735 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
18736 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
18737 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
18738 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
18740 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
18742 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
18743 Switch between Org buffers.
18744 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
18745 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
18747 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
18748 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
18750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18752 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
18754 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
18756 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
18757 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
18758 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
18759 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
18763 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
18764 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
18766 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
18768 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
18769 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
18770 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
18774 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
18779 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
18780 Reload all org lisp files.
18781 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
18783 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
18785 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
18786 Call the customize function with org as argument.
18792 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
18793 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
18794 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
18795 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
18796 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19677 58077))
18797 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
18799 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18800 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
18801 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
18802 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
18804 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
18805 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
18806 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
18807 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
18808 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
18809 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
18810 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
18811 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
18812 e Export views to associated files.
18813 s Search entries for keywords.
18814 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
18815 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18816 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
18817 Press several times to get the desired effect.
18818 > Remove a previous restriction.
18819 # List \"stuck\" projects.
18820 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
18821 C Configure custom agenda commands.
18823 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
18824 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
18825 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
18827 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
18828 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
18829 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
18830 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
18833 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
18835 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
18836 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18837 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18838 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18839 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18840 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18841 before running the agenda command.
18843 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18845 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
18846 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
18847 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
18848 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
18849 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
18850 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
18851 before running the agenda command.
18853 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
18854 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
18856 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
18858 category The category of the item
18859 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
18860 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
18861 todo selected in TODO match
18862 tagsmatch selected in tags match
18863 diary imported from diary
18864 deadline a deadline on given date
18865 scheduled scheduled on given date
18866 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
18867 closed entry was closed on given date
18868 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
18869 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
18870 block entry has date block including g. date
18871 todo The todo keyword, if any
18872 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
18873 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
18874 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
18875 extra Sting with extra planning info
18876 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
18877 priority-n The computed numerical priority
18878 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
18880 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18882 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18885 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
18887 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
18888 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
18890 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
18892 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
18893 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18894 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
18895 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
18897 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
18898 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
18899 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
18902 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
18903 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
18904 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18906 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18907 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18909 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18911 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
18912 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
18914 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
18915 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
18916 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
18917 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
18920 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
18921 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
18922 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
18923 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
18924 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
18925 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
18927 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
18928 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
18929 including newlines.
18931 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
18932 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
18933 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
18934 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
18935 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
18936 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
18937 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
18939 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
18940 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
18941 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
18942 as a whole, to include whitespace.
18944 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
18945 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
18946 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
18947 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
18948 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
18949 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
18950 Boolean search must match as full words.
18952 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
18953 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
18955 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
18957 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
18958 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
18959 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
18960 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
18961 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
18962 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
18966 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
18967 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
18968 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
18970 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
18972 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
18973 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
18974 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
18975 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
18976 `org-stuck-projects'.
18978 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18980 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
18981 Return diary information from org-files.
18982 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18983 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18984 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18985 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
18986 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
18988 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18990 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18992 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18993 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18997 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18998 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
18999 So the example above may also be written as
19001 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19003 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19004 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19005 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19007 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19009 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19010 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19012 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19014 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19015 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19016 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19020 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19021 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19022 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19025 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19026 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19028 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19029 for filtering entries out.
19031 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19032 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19034 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19035 (category \"Work\"))
19037 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19038 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19040 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19044 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19045 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19046 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19049 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19050 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19051 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19055 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19056 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19057 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19063 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19064 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19065 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19066 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19677
19068 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19070 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19071 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19073 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19075 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19076 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19078 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19080 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19081 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19083 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19085 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19086 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19088 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19090 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19091 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19092 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19096 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19097 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19098 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19099 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19100 command to convert it.
19102 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19104 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19105 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19106 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19107 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19108 cut-and-paste operations.
19109 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19110 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19111 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19112 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19114 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19116 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19117 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19119 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19121 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19122 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19123 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19124 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19125 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19126 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19127 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19128 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19129 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19130 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19131 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19132 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19133 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19134 publishing directory.
19136 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19140 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19677
19142 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19144 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19145 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19146 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19152 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19153 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19154 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19156 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19157 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19163 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19164 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19677 58077))
19165 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19167 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19169 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19170 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19171 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19172 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19173 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19174 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19176 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19177 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19178 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19181 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19183 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19184 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19187 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19189 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19194 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19195 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19201 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19202 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19677 58077))
19203 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19205 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19206 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19207 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19208 fontified, and then returned.
19210 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19212 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19213 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19219 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19220 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19677 58077))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19223 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19224 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19225 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19226 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19229 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19233 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19234 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19235 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19236 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19677 58077))
19237 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19239 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19240 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19241 This function can be used in batch processing.
19246 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19247 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19251 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19252 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19253 No file is created.
19257 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19258 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19259 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19260 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19261 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19262 then use this command to convert it.
19264 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19266 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19267 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19268 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19269 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19270 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19271 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19272 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19273 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19274 could call this function in the following way:
19276 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19278 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19279 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19281 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19283 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19284 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19286 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19288 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19289 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19293 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19294 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19295 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19296 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19297 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19298 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19299 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19300 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19301 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19302 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19303 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19304 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19305 publishing directory.
19307 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19312 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19313 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19316 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19317 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19318 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19319 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19320 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19322 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19323 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
19324 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19328 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19329 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19330 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19331 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
19332 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
19333 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19334 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19335 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19338 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19340 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19341 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19342 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19343 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19344 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19346 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19347 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19348 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19349 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19351 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19352 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19353 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19355 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19356 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19357 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19360 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19362 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19363 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19369 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19370 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19677
19372 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19374 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19375 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19379 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19380 Get inbox items from FEED.
19381 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19382 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19384 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19386 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19387 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19391 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19392 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19398 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19399 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19677 58077))
19400 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19402 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19403 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19404 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19405 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19406 create a new footnote, interactively.
19407 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19409 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19411 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19412 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19413 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19414 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19415 Org-mode exporters.
19416 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19417 referenced sequence.
19419 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19423 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19424 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19425 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19426 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19677 58077))
19427 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19429 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19430 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
19431 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
19432 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19433 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19434 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19435 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19436 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19437 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
19438 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19439 simply return the content of the document (all top level
19440 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19443 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
19445 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19447 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19448 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19450 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19452 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19453 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19454 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
19456 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19458 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19459 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19460 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
19461 have them in `org-mode'.
19463 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
19464 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
19465 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
19466 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
19467 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
19468 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
19470 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19472 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19473 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19475 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19477 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19478 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19480 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19484 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19485 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19486 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19487 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19677 58077))
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19490 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19492 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19494 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19496 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19497 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19498 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19499 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19500 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19504 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19505 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
19506 This function can be used in batch processing as:
19508 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19509 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19510 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19514 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19515 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19516 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19520 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19521 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19522 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19523 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19524 command to convert it.
19526 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19528 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19529 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19530 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19531 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19532 cut-and-paste operations.
19533 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19534 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19535 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19536 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19538 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19540 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19541 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19543 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19546 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19547 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19548 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19549 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19550 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19551 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19552 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19553 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19554 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19555 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19556 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19557 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19558 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19559 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19561 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19563 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19564 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19565 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19566 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19567 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19568 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19569 need into your CSS file.
19571 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19572 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19573 that uses these same face definitions.
19579 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19580 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19581 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19582 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19584 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19585 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19586 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19587 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19591 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19592 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19593 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19594 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19598 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19599 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19600 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19606 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
19607 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
19608 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
19609 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19610 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19612 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19613 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19614 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19615 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19617 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19619 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19620 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19621 Create an ID if necessary.
19625 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19626 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19627 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19628 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
19629 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
19630 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
19631 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
19633 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
19635 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
19636 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19637 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
19638 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
19640 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19642 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19644 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
19645 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
19646 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
19647 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
19649 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
19651 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
19652 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
19653 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
19657 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
19658 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
19659 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
19660 if there is no entry with that ID.
19661 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
19663 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
19665 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
19666 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
19670 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
19671 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
19677 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
19678 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19679 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
19681 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
19682 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
19684 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
19685 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
19686 FIXME: How to update when broken?
19688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19692 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
19693 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
19696 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
19697 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
19703 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
19704 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19705 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
19706 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19707 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
19709 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
19710 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
19714 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19715 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19716 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
19720 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
19721 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
19722 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
19726 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
19727 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
19728 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19729 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19730 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
19731 then use this command to convert it.
19733 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19735 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19736 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
19737 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19738 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19739 cut-and-paste operations.
19740 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19741 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19742 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
19743 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19745 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
19747 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19748 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19750 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19752 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
19753 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
19754 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19755 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19756 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
19757 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
19758 convert them as description lists.
19759 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19760 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19761 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19762 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19763 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19764 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19765 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
19766 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19767 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
19768 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
19769 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19771 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19773 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
19774 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
19776 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19778 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
19779 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
19785 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
19786 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19677
19788 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
19790 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
19791 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
19792 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
19793 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
19797 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
19798 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
19799 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
19800 agenda view showing the flagged items.
19804 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
19805 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
19811 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
19812 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19813 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
19815 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
19816 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
19817 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
19818 line directly before or after the table.
19820 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
19824 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
19825 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
19826 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
19829 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
19831 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
19834 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19836 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
19837 Publish all projects.
19838 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
19839 directory and force publishing all files.
19841 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19843 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
19844 Publish the current file.
19845 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
19847 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19849 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
19850 Publish the project associated with the current file.
19851 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
19854 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19858 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19859 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
19860 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19677 58077))
19861 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
19863 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
19864 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
19868 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
19869 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19870 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19871 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19872 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19876 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
19877 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19878 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19879 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19881 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19883 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
19884 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19885 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19886 of the remember buffer.
19888 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19889 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19890 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
19891 note stored by remember.
19893 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19894 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19896 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19898 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
19899 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19900 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
19901 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
19902 `org-remember-default-headline'.
19903 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
19904 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
19905 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
19906 process is used to select the target location.
19908 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
19909 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
19911 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
19912 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
19915 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
19916 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
19917 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
19918 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
19920 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
19921 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
19922 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
19923 some additional data.
19925 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19926 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19927 \(i.e. after the stars).
19929 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19935 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
19936 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19677 58077))
19937 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
19939 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
19940 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19944 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
19945 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19949 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
19950 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
19951 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
19952 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
19953 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
19955 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
19959 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
19960 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19677 58077))
19961 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
19963 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
19964 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
19965 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
19966 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
19967 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
19968 the project properties such as project name and project period.
19969 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
19970 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
19971 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
19972 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
19973 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
19974 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
19978 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
19979 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
19980 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
19986 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
19987 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
19988 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
19989 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
19991 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
19992 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
19993 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
19994 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
19995 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
19996 without user interaction.
19997 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
19998 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
19999 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20000 the region 0:00:00.
20002 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20004 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20005 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20006 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20007 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20008 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20009 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20010 that was not started at the correct moment.
20012 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20015 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20017 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20018 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20020 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20022 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20023 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20028 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20030 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20031 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20032 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20034 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20035 the duration of the timer.
20037 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20038 without prompting the user for a duration.
20040 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20041 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20042 replace any running timer.
20044 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20049 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20052 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20053 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20054 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20060 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20061 ;;;;;; (19623 4932))
20062 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20063 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20065 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20066 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20067 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20068 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20070 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20071 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20072 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20073 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20075 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20076 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20077 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20078 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20079 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20080 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20082 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20083 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20084 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20086 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20087 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20088 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20089 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20090 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20091 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20092 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20093 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20094 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20095 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20096 The subheadings remain visible.
20097 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20099 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20100 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20101 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20103 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20104 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20108 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20109 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20110 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20111 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20114 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20118 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20119 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20120 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20121 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20124 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20125 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20126 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20127 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20128 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20130 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20131 activate the package system at any time.")
20133 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20135 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20136 Install the package named NAME.
20137 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20138 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20142 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20143 Install a package from the current buffer.
20144 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20145 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20146 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20148 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20149 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20150 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20152 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20154 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20155 Install a package from a file.
20156 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20160 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20161 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20162 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20163 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20165 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20167 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20168 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20170 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20172 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20173 Display a list of packages.
20174 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20175 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20179 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20183 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19649 27409))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20186 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20187 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20188 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20190 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20191 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20193 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20195 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20196 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20197 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20198 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20200 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20201 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20207 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20208 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
20209 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20210 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20212 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20213 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20214 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20215 unknown are returned as nil.
20217 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20221 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19671
20223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20225 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20226 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20227 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20229 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20230 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20232 Other useful functions are:
20234 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20235 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20236 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20237 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20238 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20239 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20240 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20241 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20242 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20244 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20246 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20247 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20248 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20249 Indentation for case statements.
20250 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20251 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20253 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20254 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20255 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20256 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20257 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20258 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20259 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20260 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20261 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20262 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20264 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20265 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20267 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20268 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20274 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20275 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19583 31640))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20278 (defvar password-cache t "\
20279 Whether to cache passwords.")
20281 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20283 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20284 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20285 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20287 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20291 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20292 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
20293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20295 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20296 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20297 The keys affected are:
20298 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20299 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20300 M-Backspace does undo.
20301 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20302 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20303 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20309 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20310 ;;;;;; (19611 13362))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20313 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20314 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20315 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20318 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20320 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20322 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20323 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20325 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20327 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20328 which modify the status of the mark.
20330 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20331 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20333 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20334 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20336 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20337 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20338 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20339 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20340 turning PC Selection mode on.
20342 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20343 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20345 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20346 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20347 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20349 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20350 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20351 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20353 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20354 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20356 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20357 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20358 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20360 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20361 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20362 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20368 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20369 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20376 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20377 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20380 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20381 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20382 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20384 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20385 _ matches anything.
20386 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20387 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20388 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20389 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20390 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20391 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20393 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20394 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20395 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20396 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20397 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20398 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20400 PRED can take the form
20401 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20402 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
20403 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20404 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20405 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20406 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20407 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20409 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
20411 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20413 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20414 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20415 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20416 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20418 \(fn BINDINGS BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20420 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20422 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20423 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20424 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20425 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20427 \(fn BINDINGS BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20429 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20433 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19578
20435 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20437 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20438 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20444 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20445 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19578 56905))
20446 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20448 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20449 Completion for `gzip'.
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20454 Completion for `bzip2'.
20458 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20459 Completion for GNU `make'.
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20464 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20468 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20472 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20473 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19578 56905))
20474 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20477 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20482 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20487 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20493 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19578
20495 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20498 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20504 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20505 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20506 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19578 56905))
20507 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20510 Completion for `cd'.
20514 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20516 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20517 Completion for `rmdir'.
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20522 Completion for `rm'.
20526 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20527 Completion for `xargs'.
20531 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20534 Completion for `which'.
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20539 Completion for the `chown' command.
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20544 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20549 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20553 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20554 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20555 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20561 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20562 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20563 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19451
20565 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20568 Support extensible programmable completion.
20569 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20570 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20572 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20574 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20575 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20579 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20580 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20581 This will modify the current buffer.
20585 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20586 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20591 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20592 This will modify the current buffer.
20596 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20597 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20602 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20607 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20608 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20609 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20610 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20612 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20615 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20621 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20622 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20623 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19474 38892))
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20626 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20627 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20628 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20629 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20631 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20633 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20635 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20636 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20637 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20638 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20639 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20640 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20643 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20645 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20646 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20647 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20648 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20649 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20650 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20651 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20652 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20654 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20656 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20657 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20658 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20659 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20660 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20661 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20662 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20665 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20667 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20668 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20669 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20670 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20671 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20672 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20673 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20675 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20677 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20678 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20679 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20681 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20683 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20684 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20685 A value of nil means never do it.
20686 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20687 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20688 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20690 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20692 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20693 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20694 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19578 56905))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20701 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
20705 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20706 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
20707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20708 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20709 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20710 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20711 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20712 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20713 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20715 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20716 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20717 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20718 Tab indents for Perl code.
20719 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20720 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20721 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20723 Variables controlling indentation style:
20724 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20725 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20726 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20727 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20728 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20729 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20730 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20732 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20733 `perl-indent-level'
20734 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20735 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20736 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20737 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20738 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20739 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20740 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20741 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20742 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20743 `perl-brace-offset'
20744 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20745 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20746 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20747 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20748 `perl-label-offset'
20749 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20750 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20751 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20753 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20754 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20755 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20756 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20757 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20758 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20759 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20761 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20767 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20768 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20769 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20770 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19635 41857))
20771 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20773 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
20774 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20776 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20778 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20779 passphrase cache or user.
20781 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20783 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
20784 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20786 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20789 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20791 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
20792 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20794 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20797 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20798 passphrase cache or user.
20800 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20802 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
20803 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20805 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20807 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20810 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20811 passphrase cache or user.
20813 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20815 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
20816 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20818 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20819 passphrase cache or user.
20821 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20823 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
20824 Decrypt the current buffer.
20826 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20829 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20830 passphrase cache or user.
20832 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20834 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
20835 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20837 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20838 a detached signature.
20840 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20841 and the output is displayed.
20843 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20844 passphrase cache or user.
20846 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20848 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
20849 Sign the current buffer.
20851 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20852 detached signature.
20854 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20857 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20858 and the output is displayed.
20860 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20861 passphrase cache or user.
20863 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20865 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
20866 Verify the current region between START and END.
20867 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20868 the detached signature of the current region.
20870 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20871 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20873 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20875 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
20876 Verify the current buffer.
20877 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20878 the detached signature of the current region.
20879 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20880 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20881 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20884 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20886 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
20887 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20891 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
20892 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20894 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20896 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
20897 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20903 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20904 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20907 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
20908 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20910 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20914 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20915 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
20916 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20918 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20919 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20920 \\<picture-mode-map>
20921 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20922 afterwards settable by these commands:
20924 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20925 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20926 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20927 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20929 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20930 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20931 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20932 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20934 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20935 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20936 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20937 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20939 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20940 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20941 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20942 with these commands:
20944 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20945 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20946 Move to column following last
20947 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20948 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20949 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20950 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20951 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20952 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20954 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20956 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20957 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20958 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20959 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20960 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20961 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20963 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20964 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20965 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20966 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20967 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20968 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20969 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20971 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20972 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20973 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20974 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20975 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20976 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20977 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20978 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20980 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20981 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20982 by supplying an argument.
20984 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20986 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20987 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20991 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20995 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20996 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
20997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20999 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21000 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21001 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21003 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21007 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19379 23432))
21008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21010 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21011 Play pong and waste time.
21012 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21013 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21015 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21023 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19624 62323))
21024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21026 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21027 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21028 Use streaming commands.
21030 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21034 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21035 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21036 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21039 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21040 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21041 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21042 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21044 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21046 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21047 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21051 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21052 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21053 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21054 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21055 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21057 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21059 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21060 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21061 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21063 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21065 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21066 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21068 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21071 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21072 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21073 Ignores leading comment characters.
21077 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21078 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21079 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21080 Ignores leading comment characters.
21086 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21087 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21088 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21089 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21090 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21091 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21092 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21093 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21094 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21095 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21096 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21097 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21098 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21099 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21100 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21101 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21102 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21103 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21104 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
21105 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21107 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21108 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21112 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21114 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21116 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21117 Preview directory using ghostview.
21119 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21120 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21121 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21122 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21124 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21125 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21126 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21127 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21128 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21131 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21133 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21135 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21136 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21138 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21139 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21140 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21141 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21143 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21144 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21145 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21146 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21147 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21150 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21152 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21155 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21157 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21158 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21159 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21160 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21162 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21163 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21164 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21165 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21166 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21169 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21171 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21174 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21176 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21178 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21179 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21180 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21181 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21183 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21184 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21185 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21186 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21187 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21190 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21192 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21194 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21195 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21197 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21198 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21199 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21201 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21202 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21203 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21204 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21206 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21208 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21209 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21212 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21213 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21215 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21216 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21217 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21218 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21220 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21222 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21223 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21225 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21226 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21227 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21229 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21230 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21231 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21232 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21234 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21237 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21239 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21241 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21242 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21243 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21245 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21246 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21247 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21248 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21250 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21252 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21253 Preview region using ghostview.
21255 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21257 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21260 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21262 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21264 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21267 Print region using PostScript printer.
21269 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21271 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21274 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21276 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21278 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21280 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21281 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21283 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21285 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21288 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21290 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21292 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21295 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21297 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21299 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21302 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21304 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21306 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21309 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21310 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21311 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21313 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21316 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21317 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21319 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21321 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21324 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21325 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21326 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21330 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21331 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21332 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21333 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21337 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21338 Print directory using text printer.
21340 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21343 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21344 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21346 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21348 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21350 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21351 Print buffer using text printer.
21355 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21356 Print region using text printer.
21360 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21361 Print major mode using text printer.
21365 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21366 Preview spooled PostScript.
21368 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21369 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21370 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21372 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21373 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21374 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21376 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21379 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21381 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21382 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21383 instead of sending it to the printer.
21385 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21386 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21387 image in a file with that name.
21389 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21392 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21394 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21395 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21396 instead of sending it to the printer.
21398 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21399 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21400 image in a file with that name.
21402 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21405 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21407 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21408 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21409 instead of sending it to the printer.
21411 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21412 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21413 image in a file with that name.
21415 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21417 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21418 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21420 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21422 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21423 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21425 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21428 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21430 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21432 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21433 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21435 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21437 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21438 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21440 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21442 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21443 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21445 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21446 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21447 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21448 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21451 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21452 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21453 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21454 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21455 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21458 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21460 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21461 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21465 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21466 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21468 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21470 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21475 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21476 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21480 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21481 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21485 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21486 Toggle printing with faces.
21490 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21495 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21500 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21503 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21505 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21510 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21515 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21516 Toggle upside-down.
21520 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21521 Toggle line number.
21525 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21526 Toggle zebra stripes.
21530 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21531 Toggle printing header.
21535 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21536 Toggle printing header frame.
21540 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21545 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21546 Toggle auto region.
21550 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21555 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21556 Customization of the `printing' group.
21558 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21560 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21561 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21563 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21566 Help for the printing package.
21568 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21570 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21571 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21575 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21576 Interactively select a text printer.
21580 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21581 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21585 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21586 Show current ps-print settings.
21588 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21590 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21591 Show current printing settings.
21593 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21595 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21596 Show current lpr settings.
21598 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21601 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21603 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21604 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21605 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21606 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21609 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21611 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21612 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21613 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21615 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21616 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21617 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21618 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21619 current active printer.
21621 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21622 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21623 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21626 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21627 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21628 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21629 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21630 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21633 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21634 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21636 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21638 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21639 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21640 be done using the new current active printer.
21642 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21643 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21646 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21647 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21648 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21649 instead of sending it to the printer.
21651 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21652 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21655 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21658 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21661 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21664 Fast fire function for text printing.
21666 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21667 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21668 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21669 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21671 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21672 user for a new active text printer.
21674 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21676 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21678 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21679 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21682 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21684 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21687 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21691 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19589 20829))
21692 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21694 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21695 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21696 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
21697 information will be displayed but not selected.
21698 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21700 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
21702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21706 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21707 ;;;;;; (19671 21337))
21708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21710 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21711 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21712 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21714 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21715 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21716 if that value is non-nil.
21720 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
21722 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
21723 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21724 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21726 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21730 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19578
21732 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21734 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21735 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21736 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21738 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21742 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19578
21744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21746 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21747 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21749 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21751 The following variables hold user options, and can
21752 be set through the `customize' command:
21754 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21756 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21757 `ps-mode-print-function'
21759 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21763 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21766 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21772 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21773 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21774 The keymap for this second window is:
21776 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21779 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21780 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21781 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21782 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21783 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21789 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21790 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21791 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21792 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21793 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21794 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19649
21796 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21798 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21799 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21800 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21802 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21804 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21805 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21806 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21807 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21809 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21811 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21812 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21816 nil Do not print colors.
21820 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21821 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21823 Any other value is treated as t.")
21825 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21827 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21828 Customization of ps-print group.
21832 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21833 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21835 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21836 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21837 sending it to the printer.
21839 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21840 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21841 image in a file with that name.
21843 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21845 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21846 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21847 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21848 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21849 so it has a way to determine color values.
21851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21853 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21854 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21855 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21857 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21860 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21861 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21862 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21863 so it has a way to determine color values.
21865 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21868 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21869 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21870 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21872 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21876 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21877 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21878 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21879 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21880 so it has a way to determine color values.
21882 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21886 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21887 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21888 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21890 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21892 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21894 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21895 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21896 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21897 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21898 so it has a way to determine color values.
21900 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21902 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21904 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21905 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21907 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21908 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21909 instead of sending it to the printer.
21911 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21912 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21913 image in a file with that name.
21915 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21917 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21918 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21919 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21920 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21921 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21925 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21926 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21927 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21929 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21931 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21932 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21933 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21935 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21937 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21938 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21942 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21943 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21945 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21946 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21948 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21949 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21951 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21953 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21955 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21957 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21958 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21960 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21961 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21963 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21964 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21966 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21968 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21970 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21972 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21973 foreground and background colors respectively.
21975 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21976 bold - use bold font.
21977 italic - use italic font.
21978 underline - put a line under text.
21979 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21980 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21981 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21982 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21983 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21985 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21987 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21991 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
21992 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19686 22639))
21993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21995 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
21997 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21999 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22001 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22002 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22003 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22004 buffer automatically.
22006 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22007 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22008 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22009 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22010 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22011 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22012 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22014 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22015 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22016 buffer for a list of commands.)
22018 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22020 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22021 Major mode for editing Python files.
22022 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22023 for correct parsing of the source.
22024 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22025 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22026 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22028 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22029 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22030 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22031 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22032 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22033 \\<python-mode-map>
22034 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22035 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22036 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22037 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22038 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22039 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22041 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22042 effect outside them.
22044 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22045 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22046 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22047 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22048 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22049 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22050 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22051 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22052 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22054 \\{python-mode-map}
22058 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22059 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22060 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22061 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22065 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22066 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22067 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22068 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22069 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22070 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22072 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22073 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22074 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22075 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22076 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22077 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22080 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22081 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22082 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22083 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22084 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22086 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22087 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22088 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22089 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22090 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22091 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22092 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22095 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22096 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22097 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22098 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22099 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22100 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22103 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22107 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22108 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22111 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22112 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22113 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22116 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22117 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22119 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22120 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22121 them into characters should be done separately.
22123 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22127 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22128 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22129 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22130 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22131 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19496 32415))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22134 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22135 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22139 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22140 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22141 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22143 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22144 `quail-activate', which see.
22146 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22148 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22149 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22150 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22151 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22152 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22153 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22154 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22156 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22157 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22158 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22159 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22160 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22162 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22164 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22165 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22166 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22167 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22168 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22169 list of candidates.
22171 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22172 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22173 command to be called.
22175 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22176 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22177 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22178 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22180 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22181 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22182 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22183 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22184 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22187 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22188 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22189 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22190 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22192 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22193 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22194 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22195 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22197 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22198 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22199 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22200 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22201 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22202 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22204 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22205 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22206 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22207 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22208 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22209 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22211 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22212 covers Quail translation region.
22214 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22215 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22216 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22217 for it) is inserted.
22219 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22220 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22221 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22223 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22224 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22225 non-Quail commands.
22227 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22229 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22230 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22232 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22233 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22234 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22235 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22236 you type is correctly handled.
22238 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22240 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22241 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22243 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22246 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22248 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22249 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22250 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22251 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22252 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22253 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22254 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22255 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22256 for the translation.
22257 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22259 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22260 it is used to handle KEY.
22262 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22263 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22264 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22265 the following annotation types are supported.
22267 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22268 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22270 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22273 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22274 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22275 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22278 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22279 generated for the following translations.
22281 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22283 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22284 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22286 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22287 which to install MAP.
22289 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22291 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22293 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22294 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22296 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22297 which to install MAP.
22299 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22301 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22303 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22304 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22305 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22306 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22307 a function, or a cons.
22308 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22309 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22310 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22311 for the translation.
22312 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22313 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22314 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22315 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22316 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22318 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22319 it is used to handle KEY.
22321 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22322 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22323 current Quail package.
22325 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22326 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22328 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22330 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22331 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22333 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22334 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22336 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22338 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22339 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22341 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22343 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22344 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22345 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22346 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22347 of the Emacs source tree.
22349 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22350 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22352 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22353 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22356 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22360 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22361 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22362 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19675
22364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22366 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22367 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22368 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22369 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22371 To make use of this do something like:
22373 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22375 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22377 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22378 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22380 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22381 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22382 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22384 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22386 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22387 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22389 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22391 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22392 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22394 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22397 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22399 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22400 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22402 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22403 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22404 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22406 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22408 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22409 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22411 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22413 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22414 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22418 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22419 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22421 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22423 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22427 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22428 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22434 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22435 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19598 15988))
22436 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22438 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22439 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22441 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22443 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22447 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22449 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22452 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22454 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22455 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22456 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22458 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22459 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22461 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22463 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22464 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22470 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19611
22472 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22474 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22475 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22478 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22482 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22483 ;;;;;; (19535 27714))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22486 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22488 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22489 Construct a regexp interactively.
22495 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19379 23432))
22496 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22498 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22499 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22500 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22503 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22505 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22507 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22508 Toggle recentf mode.
22509 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22510 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22512 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22513 that were operated on recently.
22515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22519 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22520 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22521 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22522 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19578
22524 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22525 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22526 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22527 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22528 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22529 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22530 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22532 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22533 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22534 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22535 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22537 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22539 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22541 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22542 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22543 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22544 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22547 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22548 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22551 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22553 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22554 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22555 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22557 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22558 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22563 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22564 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22565 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22567 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22569 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22570 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22572 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22573 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22575 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22578 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22579 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22580 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22581 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22584 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22586 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22587 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22591 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22592 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22593 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22594 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22595 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22596 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22597 and point is at the lower right corner.
22599 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22601 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22602 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22604 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22605 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22607 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22608 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22609 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22611 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22613 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22615 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22616 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22617 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22618 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22619 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22621 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22622 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22624 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22626 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22627 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22628 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22630 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22632 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22634 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22636 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22637 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22639 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22640 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22641 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22643 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22645 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22646 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22647 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22649 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22650 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22651 rectangle which were empty.
22653 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22657 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19379
22659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22661 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22662 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22663 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22665 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22666 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22667 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22673 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22674 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19595 20656))
22675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22677 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22678 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22682 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22683 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22685 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22686 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22688 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22689 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22690 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22693 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22694 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22695 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22697 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22698 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22699 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22701 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22702 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22704 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22705 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22707 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22708 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22711 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22715 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22716 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22717 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22723 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22724 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22727 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22728 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22729 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22730 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22731 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22732 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22734 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22736 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22738 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22739 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22740 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22741 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22742 `reftex-cite-format'.
22744 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22745 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22746 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22747 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22749 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22753 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22754 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
22755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22757 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22758 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22759 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22760 the current TeX document.
22762 With no argument, this command toggles
22763 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22764 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22770 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22771 ;;;;;; (19665 17270))
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22774 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22775 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22776 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22778 To insert new phrases, use
22779 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22780 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22782 To index phrases use one of:
22784 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22785 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22786 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22787 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22788 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22790 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22791 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22793 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22795 Here are all local bindings.
22797 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22803 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22804 ;;;;;; (19608 30156))
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22807 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22808 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22809 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22812 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19578
22818 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22819 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22820 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22821 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22822 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22826 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22827 ;;;;;; (19645 32682))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22830 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22831 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22832 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22833 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22834 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22835 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22837 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22838 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22840 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22842 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22843 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22845 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22847 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22848 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22849 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22850 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22852 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22857 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22858 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
22859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22861 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22862 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22863 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22864 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22866 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22868 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22870 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22871 Call `remember' in another frame.
22873 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22875 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22876 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22877 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22882 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22883 Extract diary entries from the region.
22889 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19645 32682))
22890 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22892 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22893 Repeat most recently executed command.
22894 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22895 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22896 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22898 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22899 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22900 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22901 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22903 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22904 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22905 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22907 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22911 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22912 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
22913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22915 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22916 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22918 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22919 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22920 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22921 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22922 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22923 and point is left after the salutation.
22925 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22926 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22927 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22928 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22929 left after that text.
22931 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22934 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22935 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22936 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22937 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22939 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22943 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22944 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
22945 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22947 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22948 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22949 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22950 visibility of comments that precede it.
22951 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22952 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22953 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22954 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22955 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22956 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22957 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22958 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22960 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22961 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22962 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22963 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22964 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22970 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22971 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
22972 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22974 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22975 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22976 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22978 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22979 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22980 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22984 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22985 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22986 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22989 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22991 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22993 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22994 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22995 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22997 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22998 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22999 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23005 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23006 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
23007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23009 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23010 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23014 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23015 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23017 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23021 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19611 13362))
23022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23023 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23025 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23026 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23027 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23028 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23030 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23032 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23033 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23034 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23035 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23037 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23038 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23040 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23041 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23043 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23044 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23047 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23048 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23049 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23050 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23051 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23053 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23054 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23055 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23056 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23058 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23059 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23062 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23066 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23067 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23068 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23069 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23070 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
23071 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19638
23073 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23075 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23076 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23077 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23079 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23081 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23082 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23083 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23084 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23085 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23086 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23087 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23089 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23090 sent by you under different user names.
23091 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23093 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23095 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23097 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23098 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23099 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23100 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23101 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23103 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23104 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23106 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23108 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
23109 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23110 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23111 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23112 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23113 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23114 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23116 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23117 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23118 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23119 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23120 which normally happens once for each message,
23121 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23122 To make a change in this variable take effect
23123 for a message that you have already viewed,
23124 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23126 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23128 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23129 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23130 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23131 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23133 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23135 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23136 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23138 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23140 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23141 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23142 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23144 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23146 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23147 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23148 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23149 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23150 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23151 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23153 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23155 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23156 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23158 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23160 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23161 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23163 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23165 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23166 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23168 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23169 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23171 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23173 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23174 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23176 This is set to nil by default.")
23178 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23179 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23180 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23181 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23182 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23183 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23184 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23186 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23187 Read and edit incoming mail.
23188 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23189 file in RMAIL Mode.
23190 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23192 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23193 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23194 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23195 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23197 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23199 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23201 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23202 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23203 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23204 Instead, these commands are available:
23206 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23207 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23208 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23209 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23210 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23211 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23212 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23213 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23214 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23215 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23216 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23217 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23218 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23219 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23220 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23221 till a deleted message is found.
23222 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23223 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23224 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23225 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23226 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23227 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23228 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23229 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23230 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23231 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23232 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23233 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23234 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23235 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23236 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23237 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23238 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23239 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23240 (label defaults to last one specified).
23241 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23242 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23243 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23244 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23245 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23246 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23247 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23248 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23249 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23253 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23254 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23256 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23258 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23259 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23261 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23265 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23266 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19578 56905))
23267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23268 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23270 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23271 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23272 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23273 case it writes Babyl.
23275 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23276 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23277 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23278 `rmail-default-file'.
23280 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23281 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23282 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23284 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23285 the header display is currently pruned.
23287 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23288 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23289 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23290 messages after output.
23292 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23293 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23294 message (if writing a file directly).
23296 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23297 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23299 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23301 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23302 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23303 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23304 i) the header is output as currently seen
23305 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23306 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23308 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23309 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23310 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23312 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23314 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23315 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23316 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23317 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23318 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23319 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23320 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23322 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23323 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23324 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23326 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23330 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23331 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
23332 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23334 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23335 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23338 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23342 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23346 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23347 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23348 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23349 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23355 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23356 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23359 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23360 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23362 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23363 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23364 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23365 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23366 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23367 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23368 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23369 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23370 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23371 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23373 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23374 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23375 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23376 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23377 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23378 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23379 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23380 to use for finding the schema.
23382 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23386 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19379
23388 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23390 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23392 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23393 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23394 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23395 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23396 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23397 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23398 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23399 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23400 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23401 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23402 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23403 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23404 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23405 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23406 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23407 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23410 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23414 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23415 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19379 23432))
23416 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23418 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23419 Define a robin package.
23421 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23422 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23423 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23424 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23426 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23427 one replaces the old one.
23429 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23431 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23432 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23434 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23435 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23436 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23438 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23440 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23441 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23443 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23448 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19379 23432))
23449 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23451 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23452 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23454 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23456 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23457 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23459 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23461 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23462 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23464 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23466 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23467 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23468 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23470 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23471 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23474 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23478 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23479 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23486 ;;;;;; (19686 22639))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23490 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23491 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23493 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23494 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23495 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23496 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23497 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23499 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23500 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23501 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23502 font-locking of blocks.
23508 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23510 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23511 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23512 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23513 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23515 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23516 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23517 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23523 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23524 ;;;;;; (19671 21337))
23525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23527 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23528 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23529 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23530 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23531 nesting into account.
23533 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23541 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23545 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19500
23547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23549 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23550 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23551 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23553 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23555 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
23557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23561 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19589
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23565 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23566 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23567 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23568 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23570 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23572 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23573 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23574 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23576 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23577 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23578 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23580 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23584 matches string STRING literally.
23587 matches character CHAR literally.
23589 `not-newline', `nonl'
23590 matches any character except a newline.
23593 matches any character
23598 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23599 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23600 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23602 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23603 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23604 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23605 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23607 `(not (any SET ...))'
23608 matches any character not in SET ...
23610 `line-start', `bol'
23611 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23612 in the text being matched
23615 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23617 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23618 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23619 string being matched against.
23621 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23622 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23623 string being matched against.
23626 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23627 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23630 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23631 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23634 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23636 `word-start', `bow'
23637 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23640 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23643 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23646 `(not word-boundary)'
23647 `not-word-boundary'
23648 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23652 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23655 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23657 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23658 matches 0 through 9.
23661 matches ASCII control characters.
23663 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23664 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23667 matches space and tab only.
23670 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23673 `printing', `print'
23674 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23677 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23678 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23679 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23681 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23682 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23683 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23686 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23689 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23691 `lower', `lower-case'
23692 matches anything lower-case.
23694 `upper', `upper-case'
23695 matches anything upper-case.
23697 `punctuation', `punct'
23698 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23699 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23701 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23702 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23705 matches anything that has word syntax.
23708 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23711 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23712 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23713 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23715 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23716 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23719 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23720 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23721 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23722 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23723 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23725 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23726 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23727 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23728 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23729 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23731 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23732 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23734 `(category CATEGORY)'
23735 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23736 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23738 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23739 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23740 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23741 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23745 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23746 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23747 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23748 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23749 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23750 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23751 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23752 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23753 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23754 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23755 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23756 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23757 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23758 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23767 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23771 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23773 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23778 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23779 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23781 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23782 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23783 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23784 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23785 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23787 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23788 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23789 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23790 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23792 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23793 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23794 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23795 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23796 regular expression.
23798 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23799 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23800 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23801 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23802 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23804 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23805 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23807 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23808 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23810 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23812 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23815 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23816 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23819 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23820 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23822 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23824 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23827 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23830 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23832 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23833 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23835 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23838 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23841 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23845 matches N occurrences.
23848 matches N or more occurrences.
23850 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23851 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23852 matches N to M occurrences.
23855 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23858 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23862 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23864 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23868 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19422
23870 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23872 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23873 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23874 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23876 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23877 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23879 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23881 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23882 Toggle savehist-mode.
23883 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23884 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23885 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23886 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23888 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23889 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23890 which is probably undesirable.
23892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23896 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23897 ;;;;;; (19564 19367))
23898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23900 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23901 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23902 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23904 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23905 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23906 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23907 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23908 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23909 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23910 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23911 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23914 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23915 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23916 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23917 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23918 if that value is non-nil.
23922 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23923 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23924 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23927 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23928 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23929 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23930 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23931 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23932 that variable's value is a string.
23938 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23939 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
23940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23942 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23943 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23944 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23946 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23952 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23953 ;;;;;; (19433 51924))
23954 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23956 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23957 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23958 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23960 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23961 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23963 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23965 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23966 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23967 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23968 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23969 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23975 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23976 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
23977 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23979 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23980 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23981 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23982 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23983 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19443 63936))
23991 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23992 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23993 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23997 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19612 3157))
23999 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24001 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24002 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24003 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24005 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24006 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24007 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24008 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24009 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24010 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24011 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24012 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24013 keybinding for tag names.")
24015 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24017 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24018 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24019 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24020 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24021 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24022 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24024 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24026 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24027 Toggle Semantic mode.
24028 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24030 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24031 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24032 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24033 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24036 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24042 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24043 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24044 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24045 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24046 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24047 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24048 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24049 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24050 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19675 9114))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24053 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24054 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24056 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24058 If `parens', they look like:
24059 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24060 If `angles', they look like:
24061 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24063 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24064 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24066 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24068 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24069 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24070 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24071 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24073 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24074 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24075 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24076 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24078 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24080 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24081 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24082 This is done when the message is initialized,
24083 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24087 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24088 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24089 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24091 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24093 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24095 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24096 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24097 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24098 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24099 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24100 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24101 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24103 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24104 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24106 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24107 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24109 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24111 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24112 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24113 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24116 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24118 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24119 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24120 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24121 when you first send mail.")
24123 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24125 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24126 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24127 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24128 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24129 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24131 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24133 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24134 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24135 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24136 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24137 This file need not actually exist.")
24139 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24141 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24142 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24144 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24146 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24147 Alist of mail address aliases,
24148 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24149 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24150 can specify a different file name.)
24151 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24152 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24154 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24155 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24156 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24158 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24160 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24161 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24162 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24164 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24166 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24167 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24168 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24169 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24170 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24171 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24172 in the cited portion of the message.
24174 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24175 instead of no action.")
24177 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24179 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24180 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24181 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24182 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24183 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24185 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24187 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24188 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24189 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24190 If a string, that string is inserted.
24191 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24192 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24193 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24194 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24196 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24198 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24199 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24201 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24203 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24204 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24205 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24207 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24208 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24210 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24212 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24213 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24214 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24215 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24217 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24219 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24220 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24221 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24222 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24225 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24227 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24228 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24229 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24230 `query' means ask the user each time.
24231 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24232 The default is `mime'.
24233 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24234 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24236 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24238 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24239 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24240 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24242 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24243 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24245 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24246 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24247 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24248 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24249 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24250 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24251 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24252 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24253 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24254 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24255 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24256 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24257 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24261 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24262 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24263 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24264 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24266 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24268 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24269 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24270 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24271 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24272 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24273 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24275 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24276 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24277 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24279 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24280 User should not set this variable manually,
24281 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24282 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24283 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24284 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24285 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24287 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24288 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24289 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24290 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24292 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24293 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24296 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24298 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24299 to move to message header fields:
24302 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24303 when the message is initialized.
24305 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24306 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24308 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24311 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24312 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24314 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24315 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24316 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24317 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24318 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24319 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24320 buffer without erasing the contents.
24322 The second through fifth arguments,
24323 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24324 the initial contents of those header fields.
24325 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24326 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24327 original message being replied to, or else an action
24328 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24329 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24330 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24331 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24332 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24333 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24335 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24337 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24338 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24340 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24342 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24343 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24345 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24349 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24350 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19686
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24354 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24356 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24358 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24360 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24361 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24362 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24363 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24364 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24365 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24367 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24368 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24370 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24371 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24372 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24374 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24377 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24379 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24380 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24381 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24382 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24384 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24386 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24387 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24388 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24391 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24393 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24395 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24396 Toggle Server mode.
24397 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24398 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24399 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24403 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24404 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24405 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24407 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24408 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24410 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24414 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19379 23432))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24417 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24418 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24419 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24423 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24424 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24425 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24426 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24432 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24433 ;;;;;; (19652 27168))
24434 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24436 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24437 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24439 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24442 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24443 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24444 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24446 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24447 in your `.emacs' file.
24449 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24451 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24452 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24457 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24458 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24459 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24460 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24461 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24462 which this is based.
24464 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24466 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24467 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24468 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24469 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24471 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24472 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24473 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24475 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24476 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24477 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24478 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24480 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24481 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24482 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24483 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24485 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24487 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24488 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24489 To work around that, do:
24490 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24498 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24499 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
24500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24501 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24503 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24504 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24505 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24506 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24507 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24508 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24510 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24511 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24512 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24513 shell-specific features.
24515 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24516 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24517 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24519 \\[sh-case] case statement
24520 \\[sh-for] for loop
24521 \\[sh-function] function definition
24522 \\[sh-if] if statement
24523 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24524 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24525 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24526 \\[sh-select] select loop
24527 \\[sh-until] until loop
24528 \\[sh-while] while loop
24530 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24531 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24532 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24533 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24534 would indent to the way it currently is.
24535 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24536 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24539 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24540 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24541 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24542 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24543 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24544 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24546 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24548 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24550 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24551 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24552 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24554 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24555 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24559 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24563 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19583 31640))
24564 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24566 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24567 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24568 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24569 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24570 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24571 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24573 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24577 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24578 ;;;;;; (19635 38402))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24581 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24582 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24584 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24585 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24586 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24588 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24589 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24590 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24591 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24594 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24596 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24598 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24599 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24600 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24602 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24603 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24605 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24606 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24607 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24608 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24609 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24610 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24611 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24614 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24615 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24616 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24617 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24618 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24620 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24621 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24623 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24627 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24628 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19379
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24632 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24633 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24634 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24635 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24636 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24637 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24638 sites in the cluster.
24642 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24643 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24644 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24645 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24646 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24650 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24651 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24652 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24653 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24654 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24655 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24656 `shadow-define-cluster').
24660 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24661 Set up file shadowing.
24667 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24668 ;;;;;; (19677 58077))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24671 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24672 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24673 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24674 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24675 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24678 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24680 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24681 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24682 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24683 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24684 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24686 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24687 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24688 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24689 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24690 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24691 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24692 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24693 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24694 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24695 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24696 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24698 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24699 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24700 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24701 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24702 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24703 `default-process-coding-system'.
24705 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24706 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24707 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24708 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24710 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24712 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24713 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
24717 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19686
24719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24721 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24724 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24728 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24729 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19628 41996))
24730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24732 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24735 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24737 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24740 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24742 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24745 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24749 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24750 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
24751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24753 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24754 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24755 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24756 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24757 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24759 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24765 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19669
24767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24769 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24770 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24771 \\{simula-mode-map}
24772 Variables controlling indentation style:
24773 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24774 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24775 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24776 `simula-indent-level'
24777 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24778 `simula-substatement-offset'
24779 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24780 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24781 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24782 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24783 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24784 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24785 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24786 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24787 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24788 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24789 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24790 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24791 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24792 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24793 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24794 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24795 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24796 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24797 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24798 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24799 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24800 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24801 or nil if they should not be changed.
24802 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24803 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24804 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24805 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24807 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24808 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24814 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24815 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19677 58077))
24816 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24818 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24819 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24821 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24822 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24823 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24824 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24826 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24828 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24830 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24831 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24832 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24833 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24834 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24836 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24837 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24839 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24841 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24842 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24844 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24845 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24846 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24847 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24849 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24850 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24851 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24852 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24854 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24855 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24856 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24858 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24859 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24861 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24862 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24864 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24865 _ interesting point, interregion here
24866 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24867 interesting point set by _
24868 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24869 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24870 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24871 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24872 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24873 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24876 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24877 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24879 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24880 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24881 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24882 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24883 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24884 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24885 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24886 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24888 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24889 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24890 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24891 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24892 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24895 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24896 then: insert previously read string once more
24897 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24898 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24899 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24901 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24902 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24904 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24906 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24907 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24909 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24910 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24911 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24912 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24913 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24916 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24917 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24918 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24924 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24925 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19677 58077))
24926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24928 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24929 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24930 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24933 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24935 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24936 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24937 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24939 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24941 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24942 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24943 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24949 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24950 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
24951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24953 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24954 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24955 A list of images is returned.
24957 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24959 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24960 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24961 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24963 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24967 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24968 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19379 23432))
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24971 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24976 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24977 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24983 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19379 23432))
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24986 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24987 Play the Snake game.
24988 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24990 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24992 Snake mode keybindings:
24994 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24995 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24996 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24997 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24998 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24999 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25000 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25006 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25007 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
25008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25010 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25011 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25012 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25013 Tab indents for C code.
25014 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25015 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25017 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25022 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25023 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25024 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25025 Tab indents for C code.
25026 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25027 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25029 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25030 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25036 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19612
25038 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25040 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25041 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25042 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25043 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25044 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25046 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25052 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19379
25054 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25056 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25059 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25060 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25061 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25062 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25063 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25064 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25065 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25066 check after each move or undo.)
25070 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25071 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25072 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25091 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25092 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25093 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25094 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25096 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25097 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25098 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25101 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25102 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25104 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25120 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25122 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25128 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25129 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25130 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19669 58161))
25131 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25132 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25134 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25135 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25137 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25138 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25139 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25140 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25143 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25144 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25145 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25148 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25149 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25151 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25152 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25153 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25154 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25157 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25158 It should move point to the end of the record.
25160 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25161 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25162 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25163 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25164 starts at the beginning of the record.
25166 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25167 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25170 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25171 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25173 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25175 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25176 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25177 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25178 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25179 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25182 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25184 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25185 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25186 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25187 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25188 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25191 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25193 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25194 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25195 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25196 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25197 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25200 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25201 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25203 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25204 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25205 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25206 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25207 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25208 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25209 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25210 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25211 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25213 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25215 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25216 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25217 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25218 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25219 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25220 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25221 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25224 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25227 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25228 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25229 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25230 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25231 is to be used for sorting.
25232 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25233 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25234 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25235 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25236 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25238 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25240 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25243 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25244 starting with the letter \"f\",
25245 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25247 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25250 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25251 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25252 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25253 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25254 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25255 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25258 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25259 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25260 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25261 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25262 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25264 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25266 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25267 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25268 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25270 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25274 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19648
25276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25278 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25279 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25280 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25281 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25282 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25283 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25285 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25289 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25290 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25291 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19626 28928))
25292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25294 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25295 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25297 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25298 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25299 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25301 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25303 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25304 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25305 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25308 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25310 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25311 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25312 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25314 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25316 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25317 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25318 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25319 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25324 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25325 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25326 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25327 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25333 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25334 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19686 22639))
25335 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25337 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25339 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25340 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25341 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25342 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25343 supported at a time.
25344 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25345 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25349 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25350 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25351 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25352 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25358 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25359 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19611 13362))
25360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25362 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25364 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25365 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25366 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25367 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25368 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25369 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25373 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25375 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25376 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25377 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25378 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25382 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25384 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25385 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25386 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25387 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25388 for example, \"word\".
25390 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25392 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25394 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25395 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25397 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25399 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25403 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19379
25405 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25407 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25408 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25412 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25413 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25419 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25420 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25421 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25422 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25423 ;;;;;; (19661 45226))
25424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25426 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25427 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25429 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25430 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25431 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25432 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25433 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25434 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25435 of the current highlighting list.
25439 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25440 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25442 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25443 `_t' as data types.
25445 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25447 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25448 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25450 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25451 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25453 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25457 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25461 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25463 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25464 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25466 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25467 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25468 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25469 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25471 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25472 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25473 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25474 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25476 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25477 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25478 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25482 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25483 Major mode to edit SQL.
25485 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25486 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25487 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25490 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25492 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25493 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25494 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25495 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25496 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25497 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25499 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25500 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25502 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25503 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25504 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25506 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25508 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25512 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25513 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25515 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25518 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25519 is specified in the connection settings.
25521 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25523 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25524 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25526 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25527 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25529 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25530 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25531 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25532 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25536 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25538 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25539 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25541 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25542 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25545 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25546 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25547 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25548 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25550 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25551 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25553 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25554 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25555 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25558 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25559 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25560 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25561 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25562 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25563 `default-process-coding-system'.
25565 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25567 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25569 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25570 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25572 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25573 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25576 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25577 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25578 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25579 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25581 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25582 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25584 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25586 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25589 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25590 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25591 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25592 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25593 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25594 `default-process-coding-system'.
25596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25598 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25600 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25601 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25607 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25608 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25610 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25611 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25613 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25614 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25615 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25618 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25619 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25620 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25621 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25622 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25623 `default-process-coding-system'.
25625 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25627 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25629 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25630 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25632 SQLite is free software.
25634 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25635 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25638 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25639 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25640 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25641 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25643 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25644 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25646 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25647 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25648 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25651 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25652 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25653 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25654 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25655 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25656 `default-process-coding-system'.
25658 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25660 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25663 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25665 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25667 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25668 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25671 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25672 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25673 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25674 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25676 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25677 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25679 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25680 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25681 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25684 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25685 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25686 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25687 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25688 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25689 `default-process-coding-system'.
25691 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25693 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25696 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25698 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25699 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25702 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25703 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25706 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25707 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25709 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25710 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25711 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25714 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25715 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25716 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25717 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25718 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25719 `default-process-coding-system'.
25721 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25723 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25726 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25728 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25729 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25732 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25733 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25735 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25736 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25738 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25739 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25740 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25743 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25744 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25745 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25746 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25747 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25748 `default-process-coding-system'.
25750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25752 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25754 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25755 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25757 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25758 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25761 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25762 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25763 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25764 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25766 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25767 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25769 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25770 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25771 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25774 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25775 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25776 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25777 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25778 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25779 `default-process-coding-system'.
25781 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25783 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25786 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25788 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25789 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25792 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25793 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25794 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25795 `sql-postgres-options'.
25797 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25798 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25800 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25801 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25802 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25805 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25806 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25807 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25808 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25809 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25810 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25811 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25812 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25814 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25815 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25817 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25819 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25821 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25822 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25824 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25825 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25828 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25829 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25832 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25833 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25835 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25836 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25837 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25840 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25841 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25842 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25843 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25844 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25845 `default-process-coding-system'.
25847 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25849 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25851 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25852 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25854 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25855 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25858 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25861 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25862 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25864 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25865 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25866 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25867 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25869 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25870 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25871 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25876 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25879 `default-process-coding-system'.
25881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25883 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25885 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25886 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25893 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25894 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25895 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25898 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25899 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25900 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25901 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25904 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25905 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25907 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25908 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25909 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25912 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25914 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25918 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25919 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
25920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25922 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25923 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25927 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25931 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25932 ;;;;;; (19613 16556))
25933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25935 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25936 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25937 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25938 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25939 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25940 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25941 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25942 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25943 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25944 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25946 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25947 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25948 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25949 GNUTLS requires a port number.
25951 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25955 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25956 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25957 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25958 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25959 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19379
25961 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25963 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25964 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25965 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25966 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25967 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25968 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25970 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25972 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25974 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25975 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25976 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25977 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25978 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25979 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25980 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25982 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25984 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25985 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25986 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25987 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25988 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25989 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25990 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25992 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25994 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25995 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25996 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25998 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26001 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26002 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26004 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26006 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26007 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26009 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26011 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26012 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26016 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26017 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26021 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26022 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26023 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26024 chronologically by command name.
26025 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26027 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26029 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26030 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26031 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26034 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26036 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26038 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26039 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26040 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26041 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26042 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26043 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26044 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26046 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26047 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26048 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26049 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26051 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26055 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26056 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26057 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26058 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26060 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26062 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26063 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26069 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26070 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19379 23432))
26071 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26073 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26074 Studlify-case the region.
26076 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26078 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26079 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26081 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26083 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26084 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26090 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26091 ;;;;;; (19447 3689))
26092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26094 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26095 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26096 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26097 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26098 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26099 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26100 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26101 Here are some examples:
26103 Nomenclature Subwords
26104 ===========================================================
26105 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26106 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26107 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26109 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26110 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26113 \\{subword-mode-map}
26115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26117 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26118 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26119 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26121 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26122 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26124 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26126 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26127 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26128 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26130 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26131 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26132 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26138 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26139 ;;;;;; (19425 7399))
26140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26142 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26143 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26144 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26145 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26146 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26147 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26148 original message but it does require a few things:
26150 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26152 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26155 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26156 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26159 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26161 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26163 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26164 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26165 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26171 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19379
26173 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26175 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26177 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26178 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26179 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26180 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26181 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26182 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26184 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26186 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26187 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26188 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26189 otherwise turn it off.
26191 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26192 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26193 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26199 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19578 56905))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26202 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26203 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26204 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26205 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26206 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26208 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26210 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26211 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26212 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26213 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26214 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26215 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26216 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26218 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26222 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26223 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26224 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26225 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26226 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26227 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26228 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26229 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26230 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26231 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26232 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26233 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26234 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19669 58161))
26235 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26237 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26238 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26239 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26241 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26243 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26244 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26246 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26248 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26249 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26251 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26253 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26254 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26256 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26258 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26259 Insert an editable text table.
26260 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26261 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26262 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26263 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26264 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26265 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26270 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26272 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26277 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26278 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26279 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26280 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26283 +-----+-----+-----+
26285 +-----+-----+-----+
26287 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26289 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26290 width, which results as
26292 +--------------+-----+-----+
26294 +--------------+-----+-----+
26296 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26297 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26299 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26301 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26303 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26304 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26305 width information to `table-insert'.
26307 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26313 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26316 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26317 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26319 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26322 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26324 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26326 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26329 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26334 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26336 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26339 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26342 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26345 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26346 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26347 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26349 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26352 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26355 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26358 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26360 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26363 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26366 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26367 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26368 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26369 | | |expected results.-!- |
26370 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26373 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26375 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26379 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26381 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26382 Insert N table row(s).
26383 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26384 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26385 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26386 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26390 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26391 Insert N table column(s).
26392 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26393 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26394 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26395 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26399 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26400 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26401 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26403 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26405 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26406 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26407 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26408 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26409 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26410 all the table specific features.
26412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26419 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26420 Recognize all tables within region.
26421 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26422 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26423 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26426 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26431 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26433 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26434 Recognize a table at point.
26435 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26436 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26437 the table specific features.
26439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26446 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26447 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26448 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26449 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26450 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26451 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26452 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26454 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26456 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26461 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26462 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26463 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26464 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26465 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26466 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26469 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26471 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26472 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26473 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26474 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26475 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26476 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26477 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26482 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26483 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26484 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26485 table's rectangle structure.
26487 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26489 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26490 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26491 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26492 table's rectangle structure.
26496 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26497 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26498 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26499 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26500 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26502 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26504 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26505 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26506 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26508 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26509 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26510 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26511 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26512 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26513 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26514 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26516 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26517 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26518 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26519 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26520 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26521 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26522 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26524 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26525 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26526 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26527 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26528 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26529 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26530 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26531 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26533 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26535 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26536 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26537 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26538 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26542 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26543 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26544 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26546 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26548 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26549 Split current cell vertically.
26550 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26554 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26555 Split current cell horizontally.
26556 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26560 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26561 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26562 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26564 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26566 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26567 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26568 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26569 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26571 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26573 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26574 Justify cell contents.
26575 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26576 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26577 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26578 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26580 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26583 Justify cells of a row.
26584 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26585 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26587 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26589 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26590 Justify cells of a column.
26591 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26592 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26594 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26596 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26597 Toggle fixing width mode.
26598 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26599 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26600 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26604 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26605 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26606 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26607 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26608 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26609 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26610 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26611 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26612 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26613 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26614 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26616 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26618 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26619 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26620 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26621 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26622 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26623 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26624 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26625 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26626 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26627 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26628 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26629 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26632 References used for this implementation:
26635 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26638 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26640 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26641 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26642 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26644 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26646 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26647 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26648 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26649 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26650 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26651 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26652 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26653 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26654 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26655 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26656 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26657 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26658 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26659 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26660 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26661 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26662 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26667 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26668 (table-forward-cell 15)
26669 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26670 (table-forward-cell 16)
26671 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26672 (table-forward-cell 1)
26673 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26676 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26677 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26678 (table-forward-cell 1)
26679 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26681 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26683 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26684 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26685 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26686 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26687 consists from cells of same height.
26691 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26692 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26693 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26694 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26695 column must consists from cells of same width.
26699 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26700 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26701 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26702 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26703 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26704 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26705 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26706 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26707 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26708 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26709 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26710 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26711 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26712 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26713 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26722 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26723 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26724 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26727 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26729 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26731 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26733 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26737 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26738 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26739 of each row is optional.
26744 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26745 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26746 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26747 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26748 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26750 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26751 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26753 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26754 expression and raw delimiter regular
26755 expression, it parses the specified text
26756 area and extracts cell items from
26757 non-table text and then forms a table out
26760 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26761 creates a single cell table. The text in
26762 the specified region is placed in that
26765 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26768 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26769 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26770 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26772 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26773 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26774 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26775 | area and extracts cell items from |
26776 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26779 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26780 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26781 | the specified region is placed in that |
26783 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26785 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26786 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26789 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26790 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26791 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26792 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26793 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26794 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26795 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26796 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26797 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26799 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26800 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26801 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26802 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26804 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26806 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26807 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26808 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26810 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26812 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26813 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26814 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26815 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26816 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26822 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19379 23432))
26823 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26825 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26826 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26828 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26830 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26831 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26837 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19617 8027))
26838 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26840 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26841 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26842 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26843 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26844 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26845 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26846 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26848 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26849 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26850 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26851 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26853 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26860 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26861 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19675 9114))
26862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26864 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26865 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26866 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26867 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26868 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26869 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26871 Variables controlling indentation style:
26873 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26874 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26875 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26877 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26878 documentation for details):
26879 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26880 Controls action of TAB key.
26882 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26883 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26884 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26885 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26886 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26888 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26889 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26897 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26898 Run inferior Tcl process.
26899 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26900 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26904 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26905 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26906 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26908 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26912 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19635 52116))
26913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26914 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
26916 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26917 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26918 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26919 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26921 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26922 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26923 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26924 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26925 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26927 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26928 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
26930 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26931 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26932 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26933 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26939 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26940 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
26941 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26943 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26944 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26945 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26946 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26947 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26948 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26950 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26952 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26953 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26954 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26955 commands to use in that buffer.
26957 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26959 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26961 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26962 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26964 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26966 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26967 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26968 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26969 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26970 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26971 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26972 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26973 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26974 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26975 use in that buffer.
26976 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26978 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26982 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19379
26984 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26986 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26987 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26988 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26989 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26990 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26991 program as keyboard input.
26993 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26994 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26995 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26996 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26998 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26999 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27000 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27001 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27002 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27004 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27006 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27007 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27008 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27009 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27011 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27012 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27013 subprocess started.
27015 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27019 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27020 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
27021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27023 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27024 Start coverage on function under point.
27030 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19664 28584))
27031 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27033 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27034 Play the Tetris game.
27035 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27036 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27037 as to form complete rows.
27039 tetris-mode keybindings:
27040 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27041 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27042 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27043 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27044 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27045 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27046 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27047 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27048 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27054 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27055 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27056 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27057 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27058 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27059 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27060 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27061 ;;;;;; (19652 27168))
27062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27064 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27065 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27067 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27069 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27070 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27071 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27072 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27073 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27075 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27077 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27078 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27079 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27080 if it matches the first line of the file,
27081 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27083 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27085 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27086 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27087 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27088 if the variable is non-nil.")
27090 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27092 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27093 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27095 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27097 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27098 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27099 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27100 See the documentation of that variable.")
27102 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27104 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27105 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27106 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27107 See the documentation of that variable.")
27109 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27111 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27112 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27113 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27114 See the documentation of that variable.")
27116 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27118 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27119 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27120 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27121 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27122 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27124 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27126 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27127 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27128 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27129 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27131 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27133 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27134 User defined LaTeX block names.
27135 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27137 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27139 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27140 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27141 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27142 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27144 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27146 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27147 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27148 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27149 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27151 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27153 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27154 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27155 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27156 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27158 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27159 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27162 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27163 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27165 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27168 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27170 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27171 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27172 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27173 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27174 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27176 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27178 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27180 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27181 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27182 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27184 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27186 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27187 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27188 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27189 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27190 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27192 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27194 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27195 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27197 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27199 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27200 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27202 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27204 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27205 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27206 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27207 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27208 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27209 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27210 says which mode to use.
27214 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27216 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27218 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27220 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27221 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27222 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27223 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27224 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27226 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27227 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27228 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27229 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27230 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27231 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27232 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27234 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27235 mismatched $'s or braces.
27238 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27242 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27244 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27245 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27246 tex-dvi-print-command
27247 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27248 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27249 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27250 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27251 tex-dvi-view-command
27252 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27253 tex-show-queue-command
27254 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27255 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27257 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27258 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27259 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27263 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27264 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27265 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27266 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27267 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27269 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27270 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27271 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27272 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27273 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27274 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27275 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27277 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27278 mismatched $'s or braces.
27285 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27287 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27288 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27289 tex-dvi-print-command
27290 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27291 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27292 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27293 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27294 tex-dvi-view-command
27295 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27296 tex-show-queue-command
27297 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27298 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27300 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27301 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27302 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27306 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27307 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27308 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27309 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27310 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27312 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27313 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27314 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27315 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27316 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27317 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27318 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27320 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27321 mismatched $'s or braces.
27324 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27328 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27330 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27331 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27332 tex-dvi-print-command
27333 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27334 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27335 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27336 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27337 tex-dvi-view-command
27338 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27339 tex-show-queue-command
27340 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27341 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27343 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27344 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27345 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27346 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27350 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27355 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27356 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27362 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27363 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19675 9114))
27364 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27366 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27367 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27368 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27369 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27371 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27372 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27373 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27375 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27377 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27378 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27379 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27380 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27381 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27383 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27385 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27386 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27387 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27388 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27390 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27391 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27392 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27393 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27395 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27396 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27398 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27402 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27403 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19595 20656))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27406 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27407 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27409 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27411 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27412 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27414 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27416 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27417 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27419 It has these extra commands:
27420 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27422 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27423 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27424 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27425 modified version of TeX input format.
27427 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27428 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27429 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27430 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27432 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27433 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27434 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27435 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27436 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27437 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27438 in the Texinfo file.
27440 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27441 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27442 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27443 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27444 move forward past the closing brace.
27446 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27447 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27449 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27450 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27451 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27453 Here are the functions:
27455 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27456 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27457 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27459 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27460 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27461 texinfo-master-menu
27463 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27465 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27466 which menu descriptions are indented.
27468 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27469 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27472 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27473 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27474 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27475 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27477 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27478 be the first node in the file.
27480 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27481 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27487 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27488 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27489 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
27490 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27492 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27493 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27494 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27495 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27497 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27499 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27500 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27502 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27504 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27505 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27509 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27512 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27516 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27517 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27518 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19379 23432))
27519 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27521 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27522 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27524 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27526 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27527 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27528 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27529 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27530 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27532 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27533 a symbol as a valid THING.
27535 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27536 of the textual entity that was found.
27538 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27540 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27541 Return the THING at point.
27542 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27543 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27544 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27546 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27547 a symbol as a valid THING.
27549 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27551 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27552 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27556 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27557 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27561 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27562 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27566 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27567 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27573 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27574 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27575 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
27576 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27578 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27579 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27583 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27584 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27585 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27586 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27588 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27590 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27591 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27595 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27596 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27600 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27602 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27603 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27609 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27610 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27611 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27612 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27613 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19379
27615 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27617 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27618 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27619 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27623 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27624 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27628 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27629 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27630 The returned string has no composition information.
27632 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27634 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27635 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27637 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27639 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27640 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27642 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27644 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27645 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27646 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27647 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27649 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27651 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27652 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27653 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27654 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27656 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27658 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27659 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27660 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27664 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27665 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27666 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27670 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27673 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27678 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27683 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27687 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27688 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27691 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27692 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27693 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27694 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27696 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27698 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27700 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27701 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27702 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27703 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27705 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27711 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27712 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27713 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19623 14869))
27714 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27716 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27717 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27719 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27720 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27722 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27723 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27724 This display updates automatically every minute.
27725 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27726 are displayed as well.
27727 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27731 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27732 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27733 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27736 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27738 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27740 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27741 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27742 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27744 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27745 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27746 are displayed as well.
27747 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27751 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27752 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27753 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27754 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27758 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27759 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27760 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27761 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27763 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27765 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27766 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27772 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27773 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27774 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27775 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27776 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
27777 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27779 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27780 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27781 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27783 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27784 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27785 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27786 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27788 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27789 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27790 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27792 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27793 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27795 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27797 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27798 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27800 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27802 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27803 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27805 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27807 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27808 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27809 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27811 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27813 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27815 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27816 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27817 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27819 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27821 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27822 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27824 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27826 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27827 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27828 DATE should be a date-time string.
27830 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27832 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27833 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27834 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27836 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27838 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27839 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27841 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27843 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27844 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27846 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27848 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27849 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27850 TIME should be a time value.
27851 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27853 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27855 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27856 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27857 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27859 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27861 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27862 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27863 The valid format specifiers are:
27864 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27865 %d is the number of days.
27866 %h is the number of hours.
27867 %m is the number of minutes.
27868 %s is the number of seconds.
27869 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27870 %% is a literal \"%\".
27872 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27873 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27875 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27876 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27877 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27879 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27880 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27881 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27883 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27885 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27889 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27890 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19379 23432))
27891 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27892 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27893 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27894 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27895 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27896 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27897 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27898 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27899 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27901 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27902 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27903 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27904 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27905 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27906 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27907 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27908 look like one of the following:
27911 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27912 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27913 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27914 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27915 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27916 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27917 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27922 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27923 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27924 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27930 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27931 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27932 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27933 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27934 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
27935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27937 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
27938 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27939 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27940 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27941 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27942 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27943 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27944 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27945 display (non-nil means on).
27947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27949 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27950 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27951 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27952 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27953 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27954 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27955 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27956 this function is called within a day.
27958 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27959 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27960 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27961 discover the name of the project.
27963 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27965 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27966 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27967 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27968 begun during the last time segment.
27970 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27971 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27972 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27973 discover the reason.
27975 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27977 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27978 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27979 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27980 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27981 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27983 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27985 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27986 Change to working on a different project.
27987 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27988 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27989 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27992 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27994 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27995 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27996 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28000 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28001 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28002 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28006 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28007 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28008 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28009 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28010 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28011 \"relative to today\".
28013 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28015 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28016 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28017 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28018 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28020 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28022 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28023 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28024 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28025 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28026 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28027 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28029 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28033 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28034 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19638 63299))
28035 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28037 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28038 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28039 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28040 the generated Quail package is saved.
28042 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28044 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28045 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28046 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28047 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28048 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28049 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28050 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28052 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28056 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28057 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19404 27319))
28058 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28059 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28060 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28062 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28063 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28064 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28065 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28066 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28068 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28070 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28071 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28072 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28073 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28074 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28076 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28078 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28079 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28080 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28081 in the menu in two ways:
28082 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28083 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28084 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28086 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28087 keymap or an alist of alists.
28088 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28089 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28091 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28095 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28096 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28097 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19398 25564))
28098 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28100 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28101 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28103 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28105 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28106 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28108 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28110 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28111 Insert new TODO list entry.
28112 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28117 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28118 List top priorities for each category.
28120 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28121 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28123 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28124 between each category.
28125 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28127 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28129 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28130 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28131 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28132 between each category.
28134 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28136 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28138 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28139 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28143 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28144 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28148 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28155 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28156 ;;;;;; (19675 12103))
28157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28159 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28160 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28161 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28163 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28164 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28166 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28168 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28173 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28175 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28176 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28182 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28183 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
28184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28186 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28187 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28189 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28190 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28191 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28192 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28193 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28195 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28196 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28197 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28198 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28199 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28201 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28206 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28207 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28208 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28209 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28210 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28211 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28217 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19379 23432))
28218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28220 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28221 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28222 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28223 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28224 to a tcp server on another machine.
28226 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28230 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28231 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19379 23432))
28232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28234 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28235 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28237 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28239 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28240 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28241 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28242 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28243 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28244 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28245 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28246 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28248 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28250 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28251 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28252 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28253 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28254 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28255 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28256 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28257 the window or buffer configuration.
28259 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28261 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28265 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28266 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28267 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28268 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19681 9924))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28271 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28272 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28273 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28275 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28277 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28278 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28280 It can have the following values:
28282 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28283 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28284 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28286 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28288 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28289 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28290 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28291 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28293 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28295 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28296 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28297 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28298 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28300 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28301 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28302 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28304 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28305 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28306 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28307 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28308 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28309 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28310 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28311 files which are not really Tramp files.
28313 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28314 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28315 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28316 updated after changing this variable.
28318 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28320 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28321 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28322 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28323 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28325 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28326 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28327 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28328 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28330 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28332 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28333 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28334 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28335 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28337 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28338 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28339 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28341 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28342 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28343 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28345 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28346 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28347 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28348 updated after changing this variable.
28350 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28352 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28353 Alist of completion handler functions.
28354 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28355 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28356 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28358 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28359 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28360 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28361 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28363 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28364 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28365 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28366 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28368 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28369 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28370 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28372 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28374 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28375 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28376 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28378 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28379 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28381 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28383 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28388 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28389 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28391 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28393 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28394 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28396 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28398 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28399 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28405 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28406 ;;;;;; (19598 20570))
28407 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28409 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28416 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19578
28418 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28420 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28421 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28422 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28423 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28424 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28425 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28426 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28427 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28429 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28430 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28431 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28433 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28434 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28437 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28441 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28442 ;;;;;; (19520 54552))
28443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28445 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28448 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28452 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19611 13362))
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28455 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28456 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28457 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28459 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28460 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28461 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28462 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28463 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28464 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28465 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28469 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28470 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28471 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28472 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28474 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28478 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28479 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28480 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28481 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28482 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28483 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28484 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28486 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28487 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28489 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28492 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28494 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28500 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28501 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28502 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28503 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28504 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
28505 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28507 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28508 Toggle typing break mode.
28509 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28511 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28513 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28515 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28516 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28518 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28520 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28521 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28523 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28524 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28525 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28527 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28528 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28530 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28532 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28533 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28535 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28536 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28537 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28538 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28540 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28542 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28543 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28544 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28546 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28547 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28548 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28549 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28550 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28551 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28553 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28554 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28555 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28556 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28558 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28559 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28561 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28562 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28564 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
28566 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28567 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28568 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28570 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28571 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28572 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28573 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28574 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28575 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28576 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28578 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28579 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28581 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28582 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28583 reset the keystroke counter.
28585 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28586 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28587 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28588 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28590 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28591 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28592 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28593 `type-break-schedule' command.
28595 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28596 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28597 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28598 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28599 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28600 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28601 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28602 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28603 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28605 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28606 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28607 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28608 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28609 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28611 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28612 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28613 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28614 approximate good values for this.
28616 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28617 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28619 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28620 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28621 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28622 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28623 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28624 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28626 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28627 a typing break occur. They include:
28629 `type-break-query-mode'
28630 `type-break-query-function'
28631 `type-break-query-interval'
28633 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28635 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28636 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28637 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28640 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28642 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28643 Take a typing break.
28645 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28646 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28648 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28649 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28653 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28654 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28655 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28656 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28660 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28661 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28663 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28664 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28665 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28666 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28667 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28668 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28669 average typing speed.)
28671 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28672 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28673 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28674 the computed maximum threshold.
28676 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28677 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28678 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28679 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28680 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28682 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28686 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19379 23432))
28687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28689 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28690 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28691 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28692 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28693 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28695 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28699 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28700 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28701 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28702 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28703 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28704 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19599 55780))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28707 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28708 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28710 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28712 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28713 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28715 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28717 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28718 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28720 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28722 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28723 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28725 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28727 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28728 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28730 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28732 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28733 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28735 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28737 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28738 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28740 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28742 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28743 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28745 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28747 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28748 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28750 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28752 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28753 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28755 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28757 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28758 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28760 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28762 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28763 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28765 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28769 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28770 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19379 23432))
28771 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28773 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28774 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28775 Works by overstriking underscores.
28776 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28777 which specify the range to operate on.
28779 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28781 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28782 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28783 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28784 which specify the range to operate on.
28786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28790 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28791 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
28792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28794 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28795 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28796 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28797 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28798 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28799 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28803 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28804 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28806 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28810 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19645
28812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28814 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28815 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28816 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28817 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28819 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28823 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28824 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19623 4932))
28825 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28827 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28828 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28829 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28831 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28832 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28833 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28834 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28835 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28836 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28838 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28839 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28840 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28842 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28843 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28844 the callback is not called).
28846 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28847 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28848 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28851 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28853 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28856 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28857 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28858 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28859 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28861 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28865 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28866 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19379 23432))
28867 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28869 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28870 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28871 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28873 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28874 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28875 `url-generic-parse-url'
28876 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28877 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28878 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28880 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28881 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28882 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28883 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28884 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28885 what type of auth to use
28886 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28887 if one cannot be found in the cache
28889 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28892 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28894 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28895 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28896 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28897 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28898 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28899 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28900 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28901 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28903 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28907 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28908 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19625 7291))
28909 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28911 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28912 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28914 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28916 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28917 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28918 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28920 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28922 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28923 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28925 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28929 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19379 23432))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28932 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28939 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28940 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19379 23432))
28941 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28943 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28946 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28948 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28951 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28955 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19686
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28959 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28960 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28962 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28967 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19639 32022))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28970 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28971 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28975 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28976 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28977 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28978 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28979 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28981 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28985 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28986 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28987 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
28988 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28990 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28991 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28992 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28995 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28997 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28999 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29000 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29004 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29005 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29006 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29007 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29009 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29011 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29012 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29013 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29014 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29015 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29016 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29017 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29018 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29019 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29020 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29022 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29024 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29025 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29026 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29029 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29031 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29034 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29038 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29039 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19629 52252))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29042 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29043 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29044 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29045 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29046 CBARGS as the arguments.
29048 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29050 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29053 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29055 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29057 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29060 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29062 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29063 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29064 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29066 Property list members:
29069 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29073 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29077 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29080 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29083 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29084 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29085 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29088 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29090 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29091 Default HTTPS port.")
29093 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29094 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29095 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29097 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29098 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29099 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29100 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29101 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29105 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19595 20656))
29106 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29108 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29111 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29115 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19379
29117 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29119 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29120 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29121 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29122 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29123 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29125 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29129 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29130 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
29131 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29133 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29136 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29138 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29139 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29141 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29145 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29146 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19379 23432))
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29149 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29150 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29152 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29154 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29155 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29157 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29159 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29162 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29164 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29166 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29168 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29170 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29171 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29173 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29177 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29178 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
29179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29181 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29184 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29186 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29189 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29194 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29195 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
29196 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29198 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29201 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29206 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29208 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29211 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29213 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29216 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29218 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29221 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29223 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29226 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29228 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29231 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29235 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29236 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19623 4932))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29239 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29240 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29242 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29245 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29246 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29247 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29249 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29253 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29254 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29257 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29258 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29265 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29266 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29267 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29268 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29269 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29270 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19625 7291))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29273 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29274 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29275 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29277 If t, all messages will be logged.
29278 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29279 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29281 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29283 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29286 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29288 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29291 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29293 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29294 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29295 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29296 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29297 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29303 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29305 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29306 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29307 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29311 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29312 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29313 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29315 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29317 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29318 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29320 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29322 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29323 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29327 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29328 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29332 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29337 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29340 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29342 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29345 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29347 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29349 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29350 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29352 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29354 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29355 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29357 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29362 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29364 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29365 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29366 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29367 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29368 forbidden in URL encoding.
29370 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29372 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29373 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29374 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29375 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29376 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29377 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29379 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29381 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29382 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29383 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29384 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29386 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29388 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29389 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29390 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29392 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29394 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29395 View the current document's URL.
29396 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29399 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29401 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29405 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29406 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19379 23432))
29407 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29409 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29410 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29411 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29412 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29413 to refrain from editing the file
29414 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29415 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29416 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29417 in any way you like.
29419 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29421 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29422 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29423 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29424 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29425 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29427 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29428 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29434 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29435 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29436 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19451 41962))
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29439 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29442 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29444 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29447 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29449 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29452 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29454 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29457 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29461 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19618 61033))
29462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29464 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29465 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29467 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29471 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29472 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29473 ;;;;;; (19583 31640))
29474 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29476 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29477 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29478 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29479 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29481 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29483 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29484 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29485 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29487 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29489 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29490 Uudecode region between START and END.
29491 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29493 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29497 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29498 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29499 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29500 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29501 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29502 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29503 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19677 58077))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29506 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29507 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29510 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29512 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29513 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29514 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29516 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29518 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29519 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29522 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29524 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29525 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29526 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29528 For locking systems:
29529 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29531 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29532 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29533 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29534 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29535 it performs a revert on that file.
29536 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29537 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29538 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29539 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29540 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29541 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29542 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29544 For merging systems:
29545 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29546 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29547 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29548 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29549 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29550 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29551 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29552 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29553 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29555 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29557 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29558 Register into a version control system.
29559 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29560 Otherwise register the current file.
29561 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29562 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29564 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29565 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29566 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29567 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29568 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29569 first backend that could register the file is used.
29571 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29573 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29574 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29576 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29578 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29579 Display diffs between file revisions.
29580 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29581 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29582 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29584 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29587 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29589 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29590 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29591 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29592 fileset with the working revision.
29593 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29594 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29596 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29599 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29601 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29602 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29603 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29604 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29608 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29609 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29610 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29611 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29615 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29616 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29617 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29618 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29619 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29620 from the current branch.
29622 See Info node `Merging'.
29626 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29628 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29629 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29630 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29631 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29632 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29633 checked out in that new branch.
29635 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29637 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29638 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29639 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29640 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29641 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29642 allowed and simply skipped).
29644 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29646 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29647 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29648 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29649 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29650 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29652 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29653 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29655 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29657 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29658 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29659 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29660 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29661 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29663 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29665 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29666 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29667 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29669 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29671 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29672 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29673 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29675 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29677 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29678 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29679 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29680 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29684 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29685 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29686 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29687 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29691 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29693 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
29694 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
29695 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
29696 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
29697 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
29698 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
29702 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29703 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29704 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29705 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29706 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29707 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29708 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29710 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29712 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29713 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29714 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29715 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29716 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29717 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29718 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29719 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29720 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29722 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29724 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29725 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29729 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29730 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29732 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29734 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29735 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29736 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29739 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29741 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29742 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29743 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29745 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29746 log entries should be gathered.
29748 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29750 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29751 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29753 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29757 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29758 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29761 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29762 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29764 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29765 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29766 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29767 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29768 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29769 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29771 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29772 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29773 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29774 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29775 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29776 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29777 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29778 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29780 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29782 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29784 Customization variables:
29786 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29787 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29788 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29789 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29791 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19662 54456))
29796 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29797 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29798 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29801 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19578 56905))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29808 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29809 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29811 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29812 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29813 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29816 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19662 54456))
29821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29822 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29823 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29824 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29826 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29830 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19578 56905))
29831 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29833 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29834 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29835 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29836 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29837 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29839 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29840 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29841 The file lines appear later.
29843 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29844 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29846 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29848 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29850 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29854 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29855 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
29856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29858 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29859 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29860 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29861 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29862 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29863 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29864 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29865 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29866 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29867 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29868 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29869 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29870 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29871 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29872 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29874 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19578 56905))
29879 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29880 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29881 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29882 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29885 (vc-git-registered file))))
29889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19686 22639))
29890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29891 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29892 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29893 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29896 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19675 9114))
29901 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29903 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29905 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29906 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29907 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29910 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29914 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29915 ;;;;;; (19662 54456))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29918 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29919 Where to look for RCS master files.
29920 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29922 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29924 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29928 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29929 ;;;;;; (19662 54456))
29930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29932 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29933 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29934 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29936 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29937 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29939 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29940 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29941 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29942 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19630 58051))
29947 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29948 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29949 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29950 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29953 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29954 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29955 (file-name-directory f)))
29957 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29961 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29962 ;;;;;; (19669 58161))
29963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29964 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29966 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29967 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29972 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29973 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29974 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29975 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29977 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29978 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29979 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29982 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29983 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29985 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29986 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29988 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29989 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29990 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29992 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29998 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29999 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30001 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30003 Official distribution is at
30004 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30007 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30008 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30019 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30020 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
30021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30023 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30024 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30025 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30026 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30027 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30029 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30031 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30032 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30034 Supports highlighting.
30036 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30037 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30039 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30041 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30042 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30043 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30044 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30045 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30046 on the left side of your screen.
30047 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30048 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30049 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30050 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30051 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30052 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30054 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30055 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30056 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30057 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30060 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30061 Indentation for case statements.
30062 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30063 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30065 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30066 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30067 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30068 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30069 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30070 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30071 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30072 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30073 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30075 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30079 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30080 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30081 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30082 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30083 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30084 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30085 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30086 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30087 comments in tight quarters.
30088 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30089 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30091 Variables controlling other actions:
30093 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30094 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30095 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30097 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30099 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30101 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30102 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30103 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30105 Some other functions are:
30107 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30108 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30109 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30110 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30111 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30113 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30114 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30115 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30116 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30118 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30119 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30120 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30121 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30122 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30123 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30124 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30125 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30126 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30127 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30128 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30129 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30130 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30131 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30132 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30133 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30134 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30135 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30136 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30141 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30142 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30143 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30144 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30145 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30147 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30148 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30150 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30156 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30157 ;;;;;; (19675 9114))
30158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30160 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30161 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30166 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30167 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30168 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30169 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30170 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30171 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30172 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30173 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30174 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30176 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30177 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30178 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30179 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30181 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30182 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30183 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30184 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30185 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30187 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30188 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30192 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30193 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30194 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30198 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30199 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30200 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30201 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30203 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30204 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30205 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30206 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30207 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30211 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30212 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30213 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30214 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30216 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30217 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30218 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30219 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30220 beginning with \"std\").
30222 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30223 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30224 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30229 `--' puts a single comment.
30230 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30231 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30232 with a comment in between.
30233 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30234 out following lines.
30235 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30236 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30238 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30239 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30240 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30241 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30242 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30245 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30246 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30247 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30248 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30249 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30250 multi-line comments.
30254 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30255 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30256 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30257 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30259 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30260 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30261 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30262 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30264 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30265 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30268 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30269 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30273 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30274 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30275 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30276 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30277 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30278 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30279 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30280 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30282 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30283 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30284 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30285 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30286 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30289 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30290 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30291 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30293 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30294 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30298 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30299 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30300 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30301 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30302 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30303 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30306 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30307 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30308 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30309 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30312 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30316 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30317 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30318 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30319 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30320 internal signal initializations (menu).
30322 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30323 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30324 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30326 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30327 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30328 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30329 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30330 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30331 in subsequent paste operations.)
30333 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30334 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30335 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30338 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30339 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30340 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30341 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30342 association list with formals).
30345 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30346 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30347 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30348 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30349 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30350 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30351 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30352 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30357 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30361 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30365 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30366 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30367 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30369 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30370 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30373 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30374 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30375 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30376 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30378 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30379 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30380 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30382 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30383 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30384 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30385 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30387 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30388 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30389 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30390 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30391 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30393 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30394 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30395 required by secondary units.
30398 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30399 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30400 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30401 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30402 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30403 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30404 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30405 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30406 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30407 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30408 inputs to this component -> input port created
30409 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30410 outputs from this component -> output port created
30411 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30412 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30414 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30415 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30416 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30417 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30418 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30420 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30421 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30423 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30424 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30425 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30426 component instantiation is also supported (option
30427 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30429 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30430 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30431 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30432 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30433 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30434 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30435 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30436 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30437 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30438 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30439 | generating the configuration.
30441 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30442 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30443 | configurations in speedbar.
30445 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30448 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30449 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30450 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30451 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30452 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30453 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30454 information. New compilers can be added.
30456 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30457 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30460 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30461 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30462 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30463 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30464 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30466 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30469 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30470 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30471 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30473 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30474 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30475 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30476 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30477 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30478 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30479 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30482 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30483 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30484 not (yet) supported.
30485 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30486 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30487 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30491 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30492 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30493 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30494 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30495 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30496 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30497 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30498 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30500 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30501 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30502 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30503 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30504 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30505 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30506 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30507 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30508 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30509 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30510 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30514 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30515 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30516 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30517 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30518 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30519 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30520 current directory for VHDL source files.
30524 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30525 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30529 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30530 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30531 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30532 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30533 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30534 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30535 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30536 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30539 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30540 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30541 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30542 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30543 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30544 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30545 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30547 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30548 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30549 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30550 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30551 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30552 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30554 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30555 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30556 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30557 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30558 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30561 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30562 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30563 highlighted if written in lower case.
30565 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30566 highlighted using a different background color if option
30567 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30569 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30570 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30571 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30572 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30573 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30577 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30578 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30579 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30583 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30584 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30585 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30586 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30587 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30591 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30592 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30594 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30595 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30596 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30597 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30598 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30599 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30600 (used to obtain the port names).
30604 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30605 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30609 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30610 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30611 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30612 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30613 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30614 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30615 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30620 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30621 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30622 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30623 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30624 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30626 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30627 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30628 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30629 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30630 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30633 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30634 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30638 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30639 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30640 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30642 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30646 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30647 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30649 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30651 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30653 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30657 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30663 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30664 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30666 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30668 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30669 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30670 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30671 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30673 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30674 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
30675 where the latest version can be found.
30681 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30682 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30683 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30686 The VHDL Mode Authors
30687 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30698 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19379 23432))
30699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30701 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30702 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30703 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30704 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30706 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30707 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30708 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30709 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30710 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30712 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30713 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30715 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30717 * Limitations and unsupported features
30718 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30720 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30721 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30724 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30725 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30726 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30727 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30728 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30729 for undoing a repeated change command.
30730 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30731 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30732 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30735 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30736 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30737 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30738 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30739 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30740 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30741 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30742 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30744 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30750 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30751 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30752 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30753 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19379 23432))
30754 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30756 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30757 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30759 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30761 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30762 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30763 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30764 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30766 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30768 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30769 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30773 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30774 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30775 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30776 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30778 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30780 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30781 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30785 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30788 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30790 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30793 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30797 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30798 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30799 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30800 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30801 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19422 40643))
30802 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30804 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30805 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30806 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30808 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30810 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30811 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30812 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30813 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30815 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30817 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30818 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30820 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30822 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30823 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30824 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30825 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30826 moving around in the buffer.
30827 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30828 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30830 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30834 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30835 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30836 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30837 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30839 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30840 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30841 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30842 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30843 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30845 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30849 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30850 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30851 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30852 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30855 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30856 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30857 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30858 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30859 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30861 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30865 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30866 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30867 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30868 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30869 moving around in the buffer.
30870 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30871 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30873 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30875 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30876 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30877 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30879 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30880 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30881 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30882 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30884 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30886 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30887 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30888 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30889 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30890 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30891 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30892 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30893 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30895 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30897 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30898 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30899 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30901 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30903 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30904 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30905 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
30906 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30907 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
30908 defined for moving around in the buffer.
30909 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30910 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30912 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30914 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30915 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30916 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30918 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30920 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30921 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30922 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30925 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30926 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30927 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30930 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30931 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30932 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30933 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30934 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30936 H, h, ? This message.
30937 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30938 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30939 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30940 > move to the end of buffer.
30941 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30942 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30943 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30944 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30945 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30946 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30947 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30948 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30949 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30950 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30951 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30952 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30953 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30954 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30955 Use this to view a changing file.
30956 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30957 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30958 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30960 x exchanges point and mark.
30961 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30962 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30963 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30964 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30965 ' go to position saved in character register.
30966 s do forward incremental search.
30967 r do reverse incremental search.
30968 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30969 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30970 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30971 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30972 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30973 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30974 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30975 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30976 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30977 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30978 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30979 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30980 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30981 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30982 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30983 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30984 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30986 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30987 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30988 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30989 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30990 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30991 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30992 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30993 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30994 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30996 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31000 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31001 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31002 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31003 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31004 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31005 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31006 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31007 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31008 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31010 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31012 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31013 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31014 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31015 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31016 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31017 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31018 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31020 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31021 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31022 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31023 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31024 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31026 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31027 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31029 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31030 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31031 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31032 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31034 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31036 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31038 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31040 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31041 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31047 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19611
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31051 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31052 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31056 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31057 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31063 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31064 ;;;;;; (19578 56905))
31065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31067 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31068 Toggle Viper on/off.
31069 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31073 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31074 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31080 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31081 ;;;;;; (19606 36461))
31082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31084 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31085 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31086 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31087 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31088 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31089 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31090 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31091 the beginning of the warning.")
31093 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31094 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31095 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31096 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31097 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31098 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31099 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31100 also call that function before the next warning.")
31102 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31103 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31105 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31106 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31107 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31108 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31110 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31111 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31112 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31113 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31114 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31115 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31117 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31118 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31119 Default is :warning.
31121 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31122 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31123 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31124 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31125 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31126 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31128 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31129 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31130 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31132 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31134 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31135 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31137 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31139 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31140 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31141 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31142 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31144 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31145 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31146 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31147 can be whatever you like.)
31149 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31150 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31152 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31153 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31154 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31155 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31156 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31158 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31160 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31161 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31162 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31163 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31164 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31166 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31170 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31171 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
31172 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31174 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31175 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31176 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31177 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31178 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31187 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19379 23432))
31188 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31190 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31191 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31193 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31196 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31203 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31204 ;;;;;; (19551 10990))
31205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31206 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31207 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31209 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31211 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31212 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31213 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31216 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31218 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31220 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31221 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31222 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31223 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31225 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31232 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31233 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31234 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31235 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19575 52125))
31236 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31238 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31239 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31241 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31242 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31243 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31245 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31246 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31250 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31251 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31253 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31254 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31255 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31257 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31258 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31259 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31260 use `whitespace-mode'.
31262 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31266 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31267 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31268 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31271 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31273 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31275 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31276 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31278 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31279 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31280 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31282 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31283 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31287 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31288 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31289 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31291 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31292 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31294 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31296 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31297 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31299 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31300 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31301 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31303 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31304 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31305 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31306 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31308 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31312 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31313 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31315 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31316 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31318 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31319 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31321 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31325 f toggle face visualization
31326 t toggle TAB visualization
31327 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31328 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31329 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31330 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31331 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31332 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31333 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31334 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31335 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31336 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31337 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31338 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31339 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31340 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31341 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31343 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31344 T toggle TAB visualization
31345 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31346 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31348 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31349 ? display brief help
31351 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31352 The valid symbols are:
31354 face toggle face visualization
31355 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31356 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31357 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31358 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31359 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31360 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31361 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31362 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31363 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31364 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31365 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31366 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31367 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31368 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31369 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31370 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31372 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31373 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31374 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31376 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31378 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31382 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31383 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31385 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31386 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31388 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31389 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31391 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31395 f toggle face visualization
31396 t toggle TAB visualization
31397 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31398 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31399 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31400 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31401 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31402 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31403 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31404 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31405 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31406 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31407 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31408 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31409 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31410 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31411 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31413 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31414 T toggle TAB visualization
31415 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31416 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31418 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31419 ? display brief help
31421 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31422 The valid symbols are:
31424 face toggle face visualization
31425 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31426 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31427 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31428 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31429 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31430 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31431 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31432 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31433 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31434 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31435 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31436 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31437 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31438 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31439 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31440 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31442 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31443 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31444 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31446 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31448 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31452 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31453 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31455 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31456 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31457 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31458 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31459 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31461 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31463 The problems cleaned up are:
31465 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31466 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31467 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31468 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31470 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31471 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31472 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31473 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31475 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31476 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31477 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31478 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31480 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31481 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31482 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31483 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31484 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31485 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31486 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31487 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31489 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31490 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31491 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31493 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31494 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31495 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31496 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31497 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31498 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31499 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31500 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31502 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31507 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31508 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31510 The problems cleaned up are:
31512 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31513 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31514 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31515 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31517 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31518 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31519 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31520 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31522 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31523 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31524 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31525 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31527 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31528 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31529 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31531 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31532 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31533 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31535 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31536 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31537 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31538 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31539 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31540 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31541 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31542 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31544 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31549 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31550 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31552 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31555 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31556 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31557 `whitespace-style' to have:
31565 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31566 whitespace problems in buffer.
31568 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31570 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31571 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31572 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31573 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31574 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31575 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31576 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31578 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31579 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31580 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31581 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31582 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31583 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31584 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31586 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31587 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31588 cleaning up these problems.
31590 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31592 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31593 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31595 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31598 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31599 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31600 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31608 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31609 whitespace problems in buffer.
31611 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31613 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31614 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31615 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31616 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31617 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31618 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31619 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31621 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31622 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31623 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31624 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31625 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31626 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31627 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31629 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31630 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31631 cleaning up these problems.
31633 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31637 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31638 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19578 56905))
31639 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31641 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31642 Browse the widget under point.
31646 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31647 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31649 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31651 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31652 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31654 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31656 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31657 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31658 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31664 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31665 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19686
31667 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31669 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31670 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31672 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31674 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31675 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31676 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31678 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31680 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31681 Create widget of TYPE.
31682 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31684 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31686 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31689 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31691 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31692 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31694 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31696 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31697 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31698 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31699 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31701 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31702 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31708 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31709 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19379
31711 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31713 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31714 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31715 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31716 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31717 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31718 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31719 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31723 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31724 Select the window above the current one.
31725 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31726 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31727 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31728 negative ARG) of the current window.
31729 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31733 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31734 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31735 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31736 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31737 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31738 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31739 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31743 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31744 Select the window below the current one.
31745 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31746 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31747 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31748 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31749 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31753 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31754 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31755 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31756 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31758 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31762 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31763 ;;;;;; (19379 23432))
31764 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31766 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31767 Toggle Winner mode.
31768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31769 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31771 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31773 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31774 Toggle Winner mode.
31775 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31781 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31782 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19669 58161))
31783 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31785 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31786 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31787 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31788 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31789 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31791 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31793 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31794 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31795 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31796 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31797 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31798 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31799 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31800 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31802 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31803 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31805 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31807 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31808 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31812 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31813 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31814 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31815 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31816 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31817 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31818 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31819 `woman' command for further details.
31821 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31823 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31824 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31826 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31830 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31831 ;;;;;; (19634 57717))
31832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31834 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31835 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31838 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31839 are not implemented
31840 - Options for search and replace
31841 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31842 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31844 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31847 The key bindings are:
31857 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31859 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31860 C-l ws-repeat-search
31863 C-r scroll-down-line
31870 C-y kill-complete-line
31873 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31874 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31875 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31876 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31877 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31878 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31879 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31880 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31881 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31882 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31883 C-k b ws-begin-block
31884 C-k c ws-copy-block
31885 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31887 C-k h ws-show-markers
31888 C-k i ws-indent-block
31890 C-k p ws-print-block
31893 C-k s save-some-buffers
31895 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31896 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31897 C-k v ws-move-block
31898 C-k w ws-write-block
31900 C-k y ws-delete-block
31902 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31903 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31904 C-o j justify-current-line
31907 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31908 C-o r set-fill-column
31909 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31910 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31911 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31912 C-o wo other-window
31913 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31915 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31916 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31917 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31918 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31919 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31920 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31921 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31922 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31923 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31924 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31925 C-q a ws-query-replace
31926 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31927 C-q c end-of-buffer
31930 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31932 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31933 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31934 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31935 C-q w ws-last-error
31937 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31943 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19379 23432))
31944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31946 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31947 Perform an interactive search.
31948 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31949 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31950 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31951 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31953 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31956 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
31958 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
31962 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31963 ;;;;;; (19520 54552))
31964 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31966 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31967 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31968 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31969 Returns the top node with all its children.
31970 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31971 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31973 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31975 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31976 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31977 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31978 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31979 is not well-formed XML.
31980 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31981 and returned as the first element of the list.
31982 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31984 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31988 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
31989 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19379 23432))
31990 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31992 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31993 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31994 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31995 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31996 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31997 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31998 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31999 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32000 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32001 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32003 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32007 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19520
32009 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32011 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32012 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32013 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32016 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32018 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32020 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32021 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32022 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32025 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32026 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32027 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32028 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32029 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32030 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32036 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32037 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19583 31640))
32038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32040 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32041 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32043 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32045 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32046 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32052 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32053 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19379 23432))
32054 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32056 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32057 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32059 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32061 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32062 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32064 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32066 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32067 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32068 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32070 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32072 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32073 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32079 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19520 54552))
32080 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32082 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32083 Zone out, completely.
32089 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrevlist.el" "align.el" "allout.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "ansi-color.el" "apropos.el" "arc-mode.el" "array.el" "autoarg.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "autoinsert.el" "autorevert.el" "avoid.el" "battery.el" "bookmark.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "bs.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "calculator.el" "calendar/appt.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-dst.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" "calendar/cal-html.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/calendar.el" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "calendar/holidays.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" "calendar/lunar.el" "calendar/parse-time.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "calendar/solar.el" "calendar/time-date.el" "calendar/timeclock.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "calendar/todo-mode.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/data-debug.el" "cedet/ede.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "chistory.el" "cmuscheme.el" "comint.el" "completion.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-edit.el" "cus-theme.el" "dabbrev.el" "delim-col.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" "descr-text.el" "desktop.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dired.el" "dirtrack.el" "doc-view.el" "dos-fns.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "double.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "ebuff-menu.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" "edmacro.el" "ehelp.el" "electric.el" "elide-head.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/advice.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" "emacs-lisp/derived.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/disass.el" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/elp.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/package.el" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" "emacs-lisp/rx.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" "emacs-lisp/trace.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" "emacs-lock.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "emulation/crisp.el" "emulation/cua-base.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "emulation/keypad.el" "emulation/pc-mode.el" "emulation/pc-select.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-edt.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "emulation/vi.el" "emulation/vip.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper.el" "emulation/ws-mode.el" "epa-dired.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "epa-file.el" "epa-mail.el" "epa.el" "epg-config.el" "epg.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-autoaway.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-button.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-capab.el" "erc/erc-compat.el" "erc/erc-dcc.el" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-fill.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-join.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-list.el" "erc/erc-log.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-match.el" "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" "erc/erc-notify.el" "erc/erc-page.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" "erc/erc-replace.el" "erc/erc-ring.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-services.el" "erc/erc-sound.el" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-spelling.el" "erc/erc-stamp.el" "erc/erc-track.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-truncate.el" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" "erc/erc.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-mode.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-test.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/eshell.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "expand.el" "ezimage.el" "face-remap.el" "ffap.el" "filecache.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "files-x.el" "filesets.el" "find-cmd.el" "find-dired.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "find-file.el" "find-lisp.el" "finder.el" "flow-ctrl.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "follow.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "forms.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el" "gnus/canlock.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/deuglify.el" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-art.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-fun.el" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" "gnus/gnus-group.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-win.el" "gnus/gnus.el" "gnus/gravatar.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "gnus/html2text.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/message.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-extern.el" "gnus/mm-partial.el" "gnus/mm-url.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-uu.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/mml1991.el" "gnus/mml2015.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndiary.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndoc.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnml.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/score-mode.el" "gnus/shr.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-mode.el" "gnus/sieve.el" "gnus/smiley.el" "gnus/smime.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/yenc.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "gs.el" "help-at-pt.el" "help-fns.el" "help-macro.el" "help-mode.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "hex-util.el" "hexl.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "hi-lock.el" "hilit-chg.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" "hl-line.el" "htmlfontify.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "ibuf-macs.el" "ibuffer.el" "icomplete.el" "ido.el" "ielm.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "iimage.el" "image-dired.el" "image-file.el" "image-mode.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "imenu.el" "info-look.el" "info-xref.el" "info.el" "informat.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "international/ccl.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "international/isearch-x.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" "international/iso-transl.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "international/kinsoku.el" "international/kkc.el" "international/latexenc.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "international/latin1-disp.el" "international/mule-diag.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "international/mule-util.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/quail.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "international/robin.el" "international/titdic-cnv.el" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "international/utf-7.el" "isearchb.el" "iswitchb.el" "jka-compr.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "kmacro.el" "language/china-util.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "language/cyril-util.el" "language/ethio-util.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "language/ind-util.el" "language/japan-util.el" "language/korea-util.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "language/lao-util.el" "language/thai-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" "language/tv-util.el" "language/viet-util.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "ledit.el" "linum.el" "loadhist.el" "locate.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "longlines.el" "lpr.el" "macros.el" "mail/binhex.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "mail/emacsbug.el" "mail/feedmail.el" "mail/footnote.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "mail/hashcash.el" "mail/mail-extr.el" "mail/mail-hist.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-utils.el" "mail/mailabbrev.el" "mail/mailalias.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "mail/mailclient.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "mail/metamail.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/reporter.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmail.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailout.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/sendmail.el" "mail/smtpmail.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "mail/supercite.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mail/unrmail.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "mail/uudecode.el" "makesum.el" "man.el" "master.el" "mb-depth.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-e.el" "mh-e/mh-folder.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "midnight.el" "minibuf-eldef.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "misearch.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-sel.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "mpc.el" "msb.el" "net/ange-ftp.el" "net/browse-url.el" "net/dbus.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-bob.el" "net/eudc-export.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-hotlist.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudc.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/goto-addr.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "net/imap-hash.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "net/net-utils.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newst-backend.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "net/newst-plainview.el" "net/newst-reader.el" "net/newst-ticker.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "net/newst-treeview.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "net/quickurl.el" "net/rcirc.el" "net/rcompile.el" "net/rlogin.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/secrets.el" "net/snmp-mode.el" "net/socks.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "net/telnet.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "net/trampver.el" "net/webjump.el" "net/xesam.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" "notifications.el" "novice.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-mode.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-valid.el" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" "nxml/xmltok.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-calc.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-agenda.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "org/org-capture.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-colview.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el" "org/org-id.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-plot.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el" "org/org-remember.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "org/org.el" "outline.el" "paren.el" "password-cache.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "pcmpl-cvs.el" "pcmpl-gnu.el" "pcmpl-linux.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-rpm.el" "pcmpl-unix.el" "pcomplete.el" "pgg-def.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "pgg-gpg.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "pgg.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" "play/animate.el" "play/blackbox.el" "play/bruce.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "play/bubbles.el" "play/cookie1.el" "play/decipher.el" "play/dissociate.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "play/doctor.el" "play/dunnet.el" "play/fortune.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/gomoku.el" "play/handwrite.el" "play/hanoi.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "play/landmark.el" "play/life.el" "play/meese.el" "play/morse.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "play/mpuz.el" "play/pong.el" "play/snake.el" "play/solitaire.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "play/spook.el" "play/studly.el" "play/tetris.el" "play/yow.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "play/zone.el" "printing.el" "proced.el" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" "progmodes/cap-words.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-mode.el" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cfengine.el" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" "progmodes/compile.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" "progmodes/cpp.el" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" "progmodes/delphi.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" "progmodes/etags.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/executable.el" "progmodes/f90.el" "progmodes/flymake.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" "progmodes/glasses.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "progmodes/grep.el" "progmodes/gud.el" "progmodes/hideif.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "progmodes/hideshow.el" "progmodes/icon.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlwave.el" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" "progmodes/js.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ld-script.el" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "progmodes/modula2.el" "progmodes/octave-inf.el" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "progmodes/pascal.el" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" "progmodes/prolog.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ps-mode.el" "progmodes/python.el" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "progmodes/scheme.el" "progmodes/sh-script.el" "progmodes/simula.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" "progmodes/subword.el" "progmodes/tcl.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "progmodes/vera-mode.el" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-bdf.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print.el" "ps-samp.el" "recentf.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "rect.el" "repeat.el" "reposition.el" "reveal.el" "rot13.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "ruler-mode.el" "savehist.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" "scroll-lock.el" "server.el" "ses.el" "sha1.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "shadowfile.el" "shell.el" "skeleton.el" "sort.el" "soundex.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" "strokes.el" "subdirs.el" "t-mouse.el" "tabify.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "talk.el" "tar-mode.el" "tempo.el" "term.el" "terminal.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "textmodes/artist.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bibtex.el" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" "textmodes/css-mode.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" "textmodes/enriched.el" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "textmodes/ispell.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/picture.el" "textmodes/po.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/refill.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/reftex.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "textmodes/remember.el" "textmodes/rst.el" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "textmodes/spell.el" "textmodes/table.el" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texinfmt.el" "textmodes/texinfo.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "textmodes/tildify.el" "textmodes/two-column.el" "textmodes/underline.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "thingatpt.el" "thumbs.el" "time-stamp.el" "time.el" "timezone.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" "tree-widget.el" "tutorial.el" "type-break.el" "uniquify.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-auth.el" "url/url-cache.el" "url/url-cid.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dav.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "url/url-file.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-gw.el" "url/url-handlers.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-http.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "url/url-irc.el" "url/url-ldap.el" "url/url-mailto.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "url/url-misc.el" "url/url-news.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-ns.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" "url/url-privacy.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "url/url-util.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/url.el" "userlock.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "vc/add-log.el" "vc/compare-w.el" "vc/cvs-status.el" "vc/diff-mode.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "vc/diff.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-help.el" "vc/ediff-init.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-mult.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-util.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff.el" "vc/emerge.el" "vc/log-edit.el" "vc/log-view.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-defs.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" "vc/smerge-mode.el" "vc/vc-annotate.el" "vc/vc-arch.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-bzr.el" "vc/vc-cvs.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-dir.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" "vc/vc-git.el" "vc/vc-hg.el" "vc/vc-mtn.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-rcs.el" "vc/vc-sccs.el" "vc/vc-svn.el" "vc/vc.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "view.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "wdired.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" "wid-browse.el" "wid-edit.el" "windmove.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "winner.el" "woman.el" "x-dnd.el" "xml.el" "xt-mouse.el")
32457 ;;;;;; (19686 22873 697000))
32461 ;; Local Variables:
32462 ;; version-control: never
32463 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32464 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32467 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here